Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / ePlus

ePlus

plus · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker plus
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · ePlus
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 
A GLOBAL MULTI-ASSET FINTECH INNOVATOR  
DRIVEN BY PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
PLUS500 LTD. 
ANNUAL REPORT 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT
2024 Highlights and Key Achievements 
2
Group at a Glance 
4
Chair’s Statement 
5
Chief Executive Officer Review 
8
Strategic Roadmap 
12
US Futures Market Position
14
Cutting-edge Mobile Offering
16
Best-In-Class Technology
18
Large, Established Customer Base
19
Business Model
20
Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) 
22
Key Stakeholder Relationships 
24
ESG Approach 
26
Report on the Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
33
Group Chief Financial Officer Review
38
Group Tax Policy 
40
Risk Management Framework 
42
Going Concern and Viability Statement 
48
GOVERNANCE
Governance at a Glance
50
Chair’s Introduction to Governance
52
UK Corporate Governance Code 
Compliance Statement
53
Board of Directors
54
Governance Report
58
Shareholder Engagement
64
Report of the Nomination Committee
65
Report of the Audit Committee
70
Report of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
77
Report of the ESG Committee
80
Report of the Remuneration Committee
83
Directors’ Remuneration Report
90
Directors’ Report
100
Corporate Law
102
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
104
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Report of the Auditors 
106
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 
110
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
111
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
112
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
113
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  114
FURTHER INFORMATION
Advisors 
134
Contents
All charts and graphs contained in this Annual Report are graphical 
representations of the underlying data to which each chart or graph 
relates and have been included to aid interpretation of such data and 
are therefore included for illustrative purposes only.
Plus500 Ltd. (“Plus500”, the “Company” or, together with its 
subsidiaries, the “Group”) is a global multi-asset fintech group 
operating proprietary technology-based trading platforms.
Visit investors.plus500.com  
for more information
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  1
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
$768.3M
Revenue1
$342.3M
EBITDA2
45% 
EBITDA Margin
$890.0M
Cash balance at year end
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
118,010
New Customers3
254,138
Active Customers4
$3,023
ARPU5
$1,456
AUAC6
2024 HIGHLIGHTS AND KEY ACHIEVEMENTS
2024 highlights
Average Deposit per 
Active Customer 
reached a record high 
of c.$12,000 in FY 2024”
1	 Revenue is comprised of trading income and interest income.
2	 Revenue (trading income and interest income) minus operating 
expenses plus depreciation and amortisation.
3	 Customers depositing for the first time.
4	 Customers who made at least one real money trade during the period.
5	 Average Revenue Per User.
6	 Average User Acquisition Cost.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  2
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Diversification strategy driving 
global success
	
+ Plus500 made excellent strategic, operational and 
financial progress in FY 2024 and delivered further 
progress against its strategic objectives, reflecting 
the increasingly diversified nature of its global 
operations 
	
+ Group revenue increased by 6% year-on-year to 
$768.3m, EBITDA increased by 1% to $342.3m and 
basic Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) increased by 13% 
to $3.57 
Outstanding customer KPIs driven 
by long-term strategic thinking
	
+ Total number of New Customers grew by 30% to 
118,010 and Active Customers grew by 9% to 254,138, 
driven by the Group’s marketing technology 
capabilities and initiatives 
	
+ Plus500’s increasingly diversified operations, both 
geographically and by product, strengthen its 
competitive advantages and enable it to drive 
customer growth 
Track record of significant shareholder 
returns maintained
	
+ During FY 2024, Plus500 announced $360.5m of 
total shareholder returns, comprising share 
buyback programmes of $210.0m and total 
dividends of $150.5m, reflecting the Group’s robust 
financial position, high profit margin and cash 
generative business model
	
+ Additional shareholder returns of $200.0m were 
announced in February 2025, comprising share 
buyback programmes of $110.0m and total 
dividends of $90.0m
Key achievements 2024 
Excellent progress delivered in the 
US futures market 
	
+ Strong progress made in the US futures market. For 
example, the US business onboarded a record 
number of New Customers, processed significantly 
higher volumes of trades and further established 
the Group’s position in this market
	
+ In FY 2024, the non-OTC* business as a whole, 
which includes share dealing and futures, 
represented c.10% of total Group revenue, c.15% of 
New Customers and c.36% of total customer 
deposits, highlighting its growing importance to 
the Group
New clearing membership and 
additional regulatory licence secured 
	
+ In January 2025, the Group secured a clearing 
membership with ICE Clear US, part of 
Intercontinental Exchange Group (“ICE”), among 
the world’s largest operators of exchanges and 
clearing houses for listed derivatives
	
+ Also, in January 2025, the Group obtained a new 
regulatory licence in the UAE from the Securities 
and Commodities Authority (“SCA”), enabling 
further expansion in the local market through an 
enhanced product offering and tailored marketing 
initiatives
Strategic progress underpinned by 
growth in new markets
	
+ In January 2025, Plus500 launched its multi-asset 
offering for the Japanese market comprising new 
OTC products based on Indices, Equities and ETFs
	
+ In the UAE, alongside the additional regulatory 
licence, the business continued to tailor its 
operations to cater to local preferences by 
launching new products
* Over-the-Counter (“OTC”)
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  3
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

OUR PURPOSE
OUR STRATEGY
OUR VALUES
To enable trusted and 
intuitive access to 
financial opportunities 
for our customers
	
+ Across devices and 
platforms 
Through best-in-class 
proprietary technology 
	
+ Across the globe 
Through global scale with 
localised services
	
+ Across financial 
instruments 
Through a broad range 
of innovative products
Plus500’s strategy is 
to continue to develop 
its position as a leading 
global multi-asset 
fintech group by:
	
+ Deepening engagement 
with customers 
	
+ Expanding its offering 
in existing markets 
	
+ Entering new markets 
	
+ Launching new products
Plus500 is well positioned 
to access a range of 
significant growth 
opportunities
	
+ Strive for excellence 
Offering a best-in-class 
technology
	
+ Customer-centric 
approach 
Customers are at the 
centre of decision-making, 
to ensure high service 
levels
	
+ Committed to operating 
sustainably and 
responsibly 
Plus500 is focused on 
carrying out a range of 
sustainability initiatives 
to deliver tangible value 
for stakeholders
	
+ Unique organisational 
culture 
Plus500 operates an 
entrepreneurial and 
high‑performance 
organisational culture 
to empower employee 
development
GROUP AT A GLANCE
A global multi-asset 
fintech innovator 
Plus500 is a global multi-asset fintech group operating proprietary 
technology-based trading platforms. It offers customers a range 
of trading products, including OTC, share dealing, as well as futures 
and options on futures
Plus500 is listed on the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) and is a 
constituent of the FTSE 250 Index and the STOXX Europe 600 Index
Read more on pages 26 to 32
Read more on pages 12 to 15
Read more on pages 5 to 11
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  4
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Introduction
Plus500 once again delivered excellent strategic, operational and 
financial progress in FY 2024. The successful development of the 
US futures businesses continued, the Group expanded its 
geographic reach and introduced new products for customers. 
Whilst delivering this excellent progress, the Group maintained its 
robust financial position and announced shareholder returns of 
$360.5m in FY 2024.
This is my fourth Annual Report as Chair and I am personally more 
motivated and excited than ever to be part of Plus500. The Board 
of Directors of Plus500 (the “Board”), and the Executive Management 
team, remain committed to delivering the strategic roadmap 
initiatives successfully for the benefit of all stakeholders. But, our 
success would not be possible without colleagues across the Group 
and I would like to thank everyone for their relentless focus on our 
collective ambitions during the year. 
Strategic and operational progress 
delivered in FY 2024
The Group delivered excellent strategic and operational 
progress during the year, which I am extremely proud of. Plus500 
made great progress towards its strategic initiatives which include 
accessing new markets and developing new products and services 
for its customers. 
During FY 2024, Plus500’s futures businesses, which includes its B2B 
(Institutional) and its B2C (Retail) offerings, cemented their place 
in the important US futures market. Both number of customers and 
trade volumes grew significantly versus the prior year. They also 
introduced innovative new products and services, such as ‘Plus500 
Cosmos’ which is a new, innovative client portal serving B2B 
customers. 
As of 31 December 2024, Plus500 had over 30 million customers 
registered on its platforms and is one of the largest online providers 
of proprietary OTC trading platforms globally. The Group’s 
infrastructure is highly scalable and can cater to increasing 
numbers of new customers and new operating geographies as 
the Group expands its global footprint. 
Supported by an extremely strong 
financial position 
The successful delivery of strategic progress is only made possible 
by the support of a strong and robust balance sheet. In FY 2024, 
Plus500 delivered an excellent financial performance and this was 
not only enabled by its strong financial position but also by its 
proprietary technology and compelling competitive advantages. 
Reflecting the Board’s confidence in the outlook for the Group, 
further shareholder returns totalling $200.0m were announced in 
February 2025, which included dividends of $90.0m and share 
buyback programmes of $110.0m, in addition to the $360.5m of 
shareholder returns announced previously during FY 2024.
Delivering strategic growth and innovation 
Since its IPO in 2013, Plus500 has established an enviable track 
record of growth and innovation. Over the medium term, the 
Group’s strategic roadmap aims to deliver new products, enter 
new markets, expand the Group’s existing operations and further 
deepen engagement with customers. The Group made excellent 
progress against these strategic ambitions during the year and it 
will continue to focus on executing these during 2025 and beyond. 
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
Plus500 is focused on delivering 
its strategic initiatives
In FY 2024, Plus500 delivered further excellent 
progress. Our strategic roadmap objectives 
are clear and we are working to deliver them 
effectively. As we continue to build on our 
strong foundations, the Board and I look 
to 2025 and beyond with confidence.”
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair of the Board
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  5
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

CHAIR’S STATEMENT CONTINUED
The Board remained focused on high 
standards of corporate governance
Corporate governance remained a key focus for the Board during 
FY 2024 and I am delighted with the progress we made in several 
important areas, including our strategic goals.
At our Extraordinary General Meeting (“EGM”), held on 8 January 
2024, shareholders approved several Non-Executive Director 
appointments. 
Shareholder engagement
In 2024, Plus500 significantly expanded its shareholder outreach 
programme, placing a stronger emphasis on corporate 
governance. Guided by the Board’s shareholder engagement 
strategy, our Chair, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, alongside David Zruia 
(CEO), Elad Even-Chen (CFO) and Owen Jones (Head of Investor 
Relations), conducted in-person meetings with key shareholders 
who together represented a significant percentage of the 
Company’s shareholder register. 
These sessions provided a valuable platform to gather feedback 
and views, while engaging in meaningful discussions on key 
corporate governance matters. Overall, the Company believes 
that it has a better understanding of shareholders’ views and that 
the feedback received from shareholders was supportive. 
As Plus500 is committed to take into account this valuable feedback 
and to incorporate it where feasible, the Board will continue to take 
shareholder views and feedback into consideration as part of its 
approach to maintaining high governance standards and 
continuing to deliver long-term value for all stakeholders.
For further details, please refer to our Governance Report on page 
50 and, in particular, the Report of the Remuneration Committee 
from page 83 onwards.
Plus500 is committed to sustainability 
and inclusivity across its financial trading 
products and services
Plus500’s objective is to provide trusted and intuitive access to 
financial products. It seeks to achieve this by offering a broad range 
of financial products, aligning its global scale with its locally tailored 
offering, all of which are powered by a best-in-class proprietary 
technology stack. 
Providing access to financial markets via the Group’s intuitive, 
secure and user-friendly platforms is core to Plus500’s purpose. 
Equally important is the Board’s commitment to customer care, 
protection and support. Plus500 also places great emphasis on 
employee welfare, well-being and career opportunities throughout 
the Group, and is firmly committed to maintaining an environment 
of equality and inclusion. During FY 2024, the Group continued to 
be involved in the local communities in which it operates, and to 
support employees’ volunteering activities. Also during the period, 
the Group made several donations worldwide, both monetary and 
in-kind, to support local communities and causes.
Consistent track record 
of growth and delivery, 
supported by our 
long‑term, high-value 
customer base
Proprietary technology  
is Plus500’s key source of 
competitive advantage
Plus500 is diversified 
across its product 
portfolio and global 
geographic footprint
Growth supported by 
organic investments 
and targeted bolt-on 
acquisitions
Robust financial position 
with a significant cash 
balance and no debt 
since inception
Attractive and 
sustainable 
shareholder returns 
through dividends 
and share buybacks
THE PLUS500  
INVESTMENT CASE
Our purpose is being delivered 
by a clear investment case
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  6
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Regulatory compliance in focus 
The Group maintains a highly robust, customer-centric approach 
to compliance, supported by our expertise in the relevant global 
regulatory standards and our team’s long-standing relationships 
with the regulators in the markets and industries in which we 
operate. We also have the relevant technological skills and 
capabilities to ensure that we can efficiently react with speed to 
any regulatory changes that occur. This approach has continued 
to deliver consistent results and has helped to support its 
performance since Plus500’s inception.
With an established global regulatory network managed by its 
regulated subsidiaries, the Group remains well positioned to cater 
for the regulatory framework across the markets in which it 
operates. 
Established track record of 
shareholder returns 
The Board has a clear capital allocation framework, based on the 
ongoing assessment of the availability of excess capital going 
forward, to ensure there continues to be an optimal balance 
between shareholder returns, investments in future growth and in 
driving business continuity over the long term. In particular, and 
aligned to this framework, the Board will continue to ensure that 
appropriate levels of capital are maintained for working capital 
and other factors to drive future growth. During FY 2024, Plus500 
announced $360.5m of total shareholder returns, comprising share 
buyback programmes of $210.0m and total dividends of $150.5m.
In addition, in February 2025, additional share buyback 
programmes and dividends were announced as part of the Group’s 
FY 2024 preliminary results totalling $200.0m, comprising buyback 
programmes of $110.0m and total dividends of $90.0m. 
Since the Company’s IPO in 2013, Plus500 has continued to deliver 
attractive returns to shareholders of approximately $2.5bn in 
aggregate through dividends and share buybacks, including the 
returns announced in February 2025.
It is this approach to capital allocation that has delivered a total 
return to shareholders of approximately 6,000% since Plus500 listed 
on the LSE in 2013 up to 31 December 2024. This positioned Plus500 
as the best performing share in the FTSE All-Share Index on a total 
return basis over that time frame*, which is a remarkable 
achievement.
I look forward to updating our valued shareholders regarding the 
Group’s further progress during 2025 in next year’s Annual Report. 
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair of the Board
23 March 2025
*	Based on Bloomberg TSR of FTSE All-Share Index between FY 2013 to FY 2024
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  7
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Plus500 has established a track record of 
consistently delivering strategic, operational 
and financial progress, and the FY 2024 
results underscore the Group’s strong 
performance at delivering its strategic 
ambitions.”
David Zruia
Chief Executive Officer
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER REVIEW
Excellent progress enabled by cutting-
edge technology, a clear strategy and 
financial strength
Plus500 has transformed into a global 
multi-asset fintech group with superior 
proprietary technology 
In recent years, as guided by its strategic roadmap, Plus500 has 
expanded and diversified its global operations to become a 
provider of market infrastructure services and proprietary trading 
platforms in the US futures market, as well as trading platforms 
across OTC markets and share dealing. Today, the Group offers a 
wide variety of products and services across its OTC, share dealing 
and futures offerings. It operates in more than 60 countries and 
has over 30 million customers registered on its platforms globally. 
Plus500’s competitive advantages are well-established. These 
include its proprietary technology, its portfolio of 14 global 
regulatory licences, its cash generative business model and its 
extremely strong balance sheet. The Group’s strong financial 
position enables it to invest both organically and inorganically to 
drive further growth and innovation. 
In FY 2024, the non-OTC business as a whole contributed 
approximately 10% of total Group revenue and approximately 15% 
of New Customers, which highlights the growing importance of 
these businesses to the continued success and future growth of 
the Group. Non-OTC customer deposits in FY 2024 were $1.1bn, 
representing approximately 36% of total customer deposits on a 
Group level.
Innovative approach drives product 
development and customer retention 
Plus500 is a technology company at its core and it is this 
technological superiority which forms one of the Group’s key 
competitive advantages. The Group’s proprietary technology 
provides a host of benefits from how responsive Plus500 can be to 
changes in its markets to how quickly it can incorporate customer 
feedback and introduce innovative new products such as ‘Plus500 
Cosmos’ for B2B futures customers in the US. 
In addition, over recent years, the Group has invested significantly 
in its customer retention technologies to great effect. As a result, 
67% of FY 2024 OTC revenue was generated by customers who have 
been trading with Plus500 for more than three years. In addition, 
the Group’s focus on higher value customers across its acquisition 
channels has resulted in further progress across major operational 
KPIs, including the Average Deposit per Active Customer. 
Plus500 has established a formidable track 
record of shareholder returns since IPO
Since the Company’s IPO in 2013, Plus500 has continued to deliver 
attractive returns of capital to shareholders of approximately 
$2.5bn through dividends and share buybacks, including the returns 
announced in February 2025, having generated significant levels 
of cash from operations of approximately $3.5bn over that time 
frame. 
It is this approach to capital allocation that has delivered a total 
return to shareholders of approximately 6,000% since Plus500 listed 
on the LSE in 2013 up to 31 December 2024. This positioned Plus500 
as the best performing share in the FTSE All-Share Index on a total 
return basis over that time frame, which is a remarkable 
achievement and another testament to the Group’s excellent track 
record of consistent outperformance. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  8
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

FY 2024 at a glance
Plus500 delivered excellent strategic, operational and financial 
progress during FY 2024. The Group’s ability to deliver consistent 
strategic progress, coupled with attractive, compounded 
shareholder returns year after year, forms the basis of its strong 
investment case and is a key driver for why Plus500 was the best 
performing share in the FTSE All-Share Index on a total return basis 
since it listed on the LSE in 2013 to the end of 2024. In order to keep 
delivering for shareholders, throughout FY 2024, Plus500 invested 
in its proprietary technology and sophisticated marketing initiatives 
to drive customer acquisition and expand its global operations. 
FY 2024 saw the Group deliver excellent progress against its 
strategic roadmap objectives which include expanding into new 
markets, developing new products and deepening engagement 
with customers. In recent years, Plus500 has evolved from being a 
technology company with a leading OTC offering into a diversified, 
multi-asset global provider of market infrastructure services and 
proprietary trading platforms, offering a wide range of technologies 
which provide access to various financial trading products and 
services in the futures and options on futures markets, as well as 
the Group’s share dealing platform.
During the year, Plus500 continued to invest in its marketing 
technology capabilities and in its efforts to deepen engagement 
with customers through new localised offerings and customer-
centric initiatives dedicated to improving customer service and 
the provision of an enhanced trading experience. Plus500 operates 
global trading platforms coupled with a strong localised approach, 
leveraging its proprietary technology and dedicated customer 
support framework. For example, retail traders in Japan and the 
UAE now have access to localised offerings and the Group plans 
to execute the same strategy in new additional markets. 
Plus500’s people drive its 
collective success
The organisational culture at Plus500 is unique, highly collaborative 
and places the customer at the heart of the decision-making 
process. Employee welfare is critical to ensure that the Group’s 
products and services are delivered effectively and consistently 
to our customers around the world. Therefore, Plus500’s 
management teams worked tirelessly during FY 2024 to recruit and 
retain the best employees in order to provide the best customer 
service and achieve the Group’s collective ambitions. I would like 
to thank everyone across Plus500 for their hard work and dedication 
during the year.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  9
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

With our proprietary technology, 
financial strength, extensive global 
portfolio of regulatory licences and 
customer base of over 30 million 
registered customers worldwide, 
Plus500 is extremely well positioned 
for 2025 and beyond.”
Outstanding customer KPIs and excellent 
customer growth driven by a long-term 
strategic approach 
Plus500’s increasingly diversified operations, both geographically 
and by product, strengthen its competitive advantage of class-
leading technology to drive its global success. During FY 2024, the 
Group’s strong foundations delivered meaningful operational 
progress. This included excellent growth in New Customers and 
Active Customers driven by the Group’s marketing technology 
capabilities and initiatives. The Group also had continued success 
in attracting and retaining higher value customers, demonstrated 
by growth in the Average Deposit per Active Customer of 17% year-
on-year to approximately $12,000, and total customer deposits 
amounted to $3.0bn during FY 2024, which are both record levels 
for the Group.
The opportunity in the US futures market 
remains extremely compelling for Plus500
For Plus500, the US futures market represents a multi-year growth 
opportunity. As the Group further establishes its operations in this 
market, leveraging its superior technology to disrupt the industry, 
it aims to unlock a sizeable earnings opportunity in the medium to 
long term for both the B2B (Institutional) and B2C (Retail) businesses. 
Plus500’s performance in the US futures market during FY 2024 
stemmed from its proprietary technology, innovative approach 
and best-in-class customer service. Its strong operating results 
illustrate just how successful the business has been in establishing 
itself in this market. Both number of customers and trade volumes 
grew significantly versus FY 2023 and the pipeline of new 
institutional customers remains substantial. 
As of 31 December 2024, the futures business held approximately 
$350m of customer segregated funds which represents growth of 
approximately 20% versus 31 December 2023. 
The Group has also recently secured a clearing membership with 
ICE Clear US, part of ICE Group, among the world’s largest operators 
of exchanges and clearing houses for listed derivatives. This 
important clearing membership will allow Plus500 to expand its 
clearing offering to customers. The Group will continue to work 
towards expanding the number of its global clearing memberships 
and licences, both in the US and globally, during FY 2025 and 
beyond.
UAE business secured an additional 
licence from SCA
In January 2025, the Group secured a new regulatory licence in the 
UAE from the Securities and Commodities Authority (“SCA”), taking 
its global portfolio of regulatory licences to 14. These licences are 
a source of significant value to Plus500 as they are scarce, difficult 
to obtain and require substantial time and effort. In addition, they 
raise the barriers to entry for the industry as a whole. The new 
licence marks an important step, as it allows Plus500 to expand its 
marketing initiatives and acquire customers more widely in the 
region, as well as to expand its local product offering from OTC to 
also include share dealing, futures and options on futures over 
time. 
Multi-asset OTC platform for retail 
customers in Japan
Plus500’s localised trading platform for the Japanese retail market 
continued to perform well and further established itself with 
customers during the year. In January 2025, it launched its multi-
asset offering for the Japanese market comprising new OTC 
products based on Indices, Equities and ETFs. This is an important 
and exciting milestone for the Group in a strategically important 
market, which has the potential to drive structural growth over the 
medium to long term.
Expansion and regulatory licence 
opportunities for FY 2025 
In FY 2025, the Group will continue to assess opportunities to grow 
its portfolio of regulatory licences and clearing memberships, 
focusing on North America and Asia, both organically and through 
bolt-on acquisitions. 
Plus500 continued to localise its existing 
OTC operations in main territories
The Group continued to place great emphasis on improving its 
existing OTC market operations during FY 2024, which is a key part 
of its strategic roadmap objectives. This included introducing 
localised financial instruments for customers in key territories, as 
well as aligning with new payment methods in response to market 
dynamics and customer feedback, while also introducing new 
onboarding features. 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER REVIEW CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  10
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Deeper customer engagement drives 
present and future growth 
The Group has over 30 million customers registered on its trading 
platforms globally, which provides a significant source of latent 
value. In FY 2024, the Group focused on deepening its engagement 
with its customers. 
The Group also offers a significant level of customer support and 
service capabilities via its dedicated support teams who can be 
contacted on a multi-channel basis. Premium customers also 
have dedicated account managers. The Plus500 ‘Trading 
Academy’ provides information and webinars for customers to 
learn and improve their trading strategies and ‘+Insights’ provides 
OTC customers with a significant amount of real-time trading 
information and analytics based on the activities of other Plus500 
OTC customers.
Outlook
Plus500 is extremely well positioned to capitalise on both short-term 
market conditions and the medium to long-term structural growth 
trends in its end markets. Over the short term, its increasingly 
diversified offering and intuitive trading platforms allow customers 
to access a wide variety of products, services and features across 
multiple markets.
Over the medium to long term, the Group’s strategic roadmap will 
see it expand into new markets, launch new products and services 
for customers and deepen its engagement with customers. These 
strategic ambitions will be aided by inorganic growth, where 
applicable, and will enable the Group to continue to deliver 
attractive and compounding shareholder returns. Plus500 has 
strong foundations and well-established competitive advantages 
which will help to grow the depth and reach of its operations 
substantially. 
In recent years, Plus500 has established itself as a provider of 
market infrastructure services and trading platforms in the highly 
attractive and important US futures market, whilst continuing to 
expand and improve its global OTC business. The Group will 
continue to invest in attractive opportunities, that includes both 
organic and inorganic initiatives, to drive growth and innovation 
for the benefit of future years. 
David Zruia
Chief Executive Officer
23 March 2025
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  11
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Since the Company’s IPO in 2013, Plus500 has generated:
STRATEGIC ROADMAP
Our purpose, strategy 
and key differentiators
Our purpose is to enable trusted and intuitive access to financial 
opportunities for our customers, across a wide range of financial 
instruments, geographies and devices
Our position as a global multi-asset fintech group is 
well‑established and is supported by four key differentiators
1
Our superior  
proprietary technology 2
Our established  
track record
Plus500’s proprietary technology remains its 
fundamental competitive advantage, enabling the 
Group to respond with agility and speed to customer 
requirements, fast-emerging market developments 
and regulatory changes. The development of this 
technology enables Plus500 to build upon a proven 
reputation for innovation and a market-leading 
technological capability. 
Plus500 has built a long track record of financial 
performance, with 19% CAGR in revenue since IPO year 
2013, and an average annual EBITDA margin of c.55% 
over that time. The Group has remained debt-free 
since inception and continues to be highly cash 
generative over that time.
* Based on Bloomberg TSR of FTSE All-Share Index between FY 2013 to FY 2024
Best performing share in the FTSE All-Share
Index on a total return basis* 
$3.5BN
Cash from operations
$2.8BN
Accumulated net profit
$2.5BN
In shareholder returns
Now part of the STOXX Europe 600 Index
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Read more on pages 18 to 19
Read more on pages 38 to 40
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  12
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Operational strength driving strong outcomes:
3
Our leadership, 
colleagues and culture 4
Our flexible  
business model
Plus500’s operating track record and technological 
development are a testament to the quality of its 
people. The Group has fostered a high-performance 
organisational culture. This has been led by a highly 
skilled management team, with specialist expertise 
and experience in technology.
Plus500’s agile, customer-centric business model, with 
its unique edge in attracting and retaining customers 
through multiple channels, strong brand and 
continued focus on customer care and protection, 
has ensured that Plus500 has consistently delivered 
an attractive marketing Return on Investment (“ROI”) 
over time.
$3.0bn
Customer deposits,
with Average Deposit 
per Active Customer
of c.$12,000
88%
OTC revenue 
generated from mobile 
or tablet devices 
67%
OTC revenue derived 
from customers trading 
with Plus500 for over 
three years 
KEY OPERATIONAL
DRIVERS
OPERATIONAL
OUTPUTS 
Deeper engagement
with our
customers
Our proprietary
technology 
Major focus on product
development
Continued investment
in our people 
Read more on pages 26 to 32
Read more on pages 20 to 21
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  13
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The opportunity in the US futures market 
remains extremely compelling for Plus500
As the Group further establishes its operations in this market, 
leveraging its superior technology to disrupt the industry, it aims 
to unlock a sizeable earnings opportunity in the medium to long 
term for both the B2B (Institutional) and B2C (Retail) businesses. 
Plus500’s performance in the US futures market during FY 2024 
stemmed from its proprietary technology, innovative approach 
and substantial financial resources. Its strong operating results 
illustrate just how successful the businesses have been in 
establishing themselves in this market. Both the number of 
customers and trade volumes grew significantly versus FY 2023 
and the pipeline of new institutional customers remains substantial. 
US FUTURES MARKET POSITION
Plus500 has established itself 
in the US futures market
For Plus500, the US futures market represents a multi-year 
growth opportunity
During FY 2024, the Group delivered excellent progress in the US 
futures market, with both the B2B (Institutional) and B2C (Retail) 
businesses performing extremely well, driven by its proprietary 
technology, innovative approach and best-in-class customer service
Strong performance across both the Institutional and Retail 
businesses in the US futures market
Significant growth 
in customer 
segregated funds, with 
approximately $350m 
as of 31 December 2024
Launched ‘Plus500 
Cosmos’, an innovative 
customer portal which 
includes portfolio 
monitoring, risk 
management and 
treasury management
Secured clearing 
membership of ICE Clear 
US, part of ICE Group, 
in addition to the CME, 
Eurex and MGEX
‘Omni-set solution’ 
available for the first 
time for US futures 
retail customers
Fully holistic, technology-
based platform for retail 
traders with a record 
number of new 
customers onboarded 
in 2024
Updated ‘T4-Pro‘ trading 
platform with enhanced 
trading tools and wider 
product offering
B2B (Institutional) 
offering
Execution, clearing  
& order routing
B2C (Retail)  
offering
‘Plus500 Futures’  
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  14
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

As of 31 December 2024, the futures business held approximately 
$350m of customer segregated funds which represents growth of 
approximately 20% versus 31 December 2023.
The Group recently secured a clearing membership with ICE Clear 
US, part of ICE Group, among the world’s largest operators of 
exchanges and clearing houses for listed derivatives. This important 
clearing membership will allow Plus500 to expand its clearing 
offering to customers. The Group will continue to work towards 
expanding the number of its global clearing memberships and 
licences, both in the US and globally, during FY 2025 and beyond.
US B2B (Institutional) business 	 	
launched ‘Plus500 Cosmos’ 
Plus500 owns a regulated Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”) 
which serves as a provider of market infrastructure services, 
including brokerage-execution and clearing services, for 
institutional customers in the futures and options on futures market. 
It holds clearing memberships with some of the largest clearing 
houses globally including the CME, ICE and Eurex. 
During the first half of the year, Plus500 launched ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, 
a new, innovative client portal serving B2B customers. It provides 
Introducing Brokers (“IBs”) and institutional customers with an 
intuitive and easy-to-use platform with a variety of different 
functions, including position monitoring and collateral 
management services. This innovation represents a significant 
development for customer service in this market and its 
development has been made possible thanks to Plus500’s market-
leading technology and commitment to best-in-class operations 
and customer service. Since its launch, the customer feedback 
has been extremely positive. 
US B2C (Retail) business onboarded 
a record number of customers 
during FY 2024
FY 2024 marked the first full year that the ‘Plus500 Futures’ trading 
platform has been live for retail customers in the US. Since its launch, 
in H2 2023, it has quickly established itself and gained good traction 
with customers. The uniqueness of ‘Plus500 Futures’ is its ‘omni-set 
solution’, which allows customers to onboard, deposit and trade 
through one platform, end-to-end. The B2C business onboarded 
a record number of customers during FY 2024, which reflects the 
strength of its trading platform, products and services.
During the period, ‘T4-Pro’, the Group’s futures trading platform 
aimed at more professional traders, was also updated to include 
enhanced trading tools, a wider product offering and options on 
futures. 
During FY 2025, the businesses will continue to further establish 
their growing positions and new products and services will be 
introduced for customers. The futures business will also continue 
to assess opportunities to expand into new international markets.
Holistic technological solutions 
A variety of technological solutions to support customers trading futures and options on futures
‘T4-PRO‘
‘PLUS500 FUTURES’
‘PLUS500 COSMOS’
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  15
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

of 
of all customer OTC trades took 
place on mobile or tablet devices
Plus500 continues to lead 
the way in mobile and tablet 
interface accessibility 
of OTC revenue generated through
mobile and tablet offerings 
88%
84%
CUTTING-EDGE MOBILE OFFERING
Intuitive and reliable 
product offering with a 
mobile-first approach
Plus500’s leading mobile offering provides 
customers with a seamless trading experience 
across mobile devices
Plus500’s leading mobile offering 
across devices
Plus500 is a market leader in the mobile trading space and this 
position is enabled by its proprietary technology. 
A core part of the Plus500 customer experience is how well the 
Group’s trading platforms are supported on mobile and tablet 
devices. 
Plus500 has designed and developed a unique system architecture 
and mobile product offering, supported by its proprietary 
technology. This allows the Group to provide customers with a 
reliable, robust and seamless trading experience across mobile 
devices, tablets and web.
Every customer interaction is designed to have the same look and 
feel, irrespective of how the customer accessed the platform. This 
provides a more consistent trading experience for the customer.
Reflecting this, 88% of OTC revenue in FY 2024 was generated 
through mobile and tablet devices, and 84% of all customer OTC 
trades took place on such devices. 
The uniqueness of ‘Plus500 Futures’ is its ‘omni-set solution’, which 
allows customers to onboard, deposit and trade through one 
platform, end-to-end. ‘T4-Pro’, the Group’s futures trading platform 
aimed at more professional traders, was also updated to include 
enhanced trading tools, a wider product offering and options 
on futures.
Plus500 will continue to focus and invest in innovation in the mobile 
and tablet space to provide a best-in-class trading experience.
Leading mobile offering across devices in FY 2024
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  16
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Supported by proprietary 
technologies
CRM, Marketing Machine, Retention 
Machine, Localisation, Education, Risk 
Management, Cashier
Trading platforms across 
operating systems
Webtrader; iOS (Mobile & iPad);  
Android (Mobile & Tablets)
Diverse product offering 
Plus500 is a market leader for the mobile-first customer
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  17
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

BEST-IN-CLASS TECHNOLOGY
Plus500 as a fintech 
innovator with superior 
proprietary technology
Plus500 continued to invest in its technology in order 	
	
	
to drive future growth
Proprietary technology is our key enabler 
Plus500’s proprietary technology supports all aspects of its 
operations, from marketing technology to products and risk 
management. Its integrated system architecture ensures that all 
domains work together seamlessly, creating a more robust and 
reliable trading platform for customers.
Marketing and customer acquisition
Plus500’s marketing technology ensures that online marketing 
campaigns achieve an optimal level of ROI. The marketing 
technology includes artificial intelligence characteristics and its 
optimisation process is made as a result of its big data capabilities.
This helps Plus500 to drive customer acquisition, activation, 
retention and long-term monetisation
Diverse product offering globally
Plus500 offers a wide variety of global financial instruments to 
customers across OTC, futures, options on futures and share 
dealing in more than 60 countries and in 30 languages. This diverse 
product and geographic offering allows customers to tailor and 
adapt their trading strategies. It is the Group’s unique system 
architecture that provides a robust, reliable and secure trading 
experience. 
Risk management is embedded within 	
the Group’s processes 
With the Group’s global operating base, and with the number of 
customer trades increasing to approximately 56 million in FY 2024, 
risk management controls are imperative. Therefore, the Group’s 
trading and risk management functions are critically important to 
the successful running of the business. The Group’s proprietary risk 
management system incorporates real-time functionality risk 
management systems and trading threshold triggers to enable 
an efficient risk management position.
This focus on risk management is further reinforced by the 
Company’s continued investment in the development of its 
technology. The Company actively invests in transforming its 
systems architecture to further embrace cloud-native principles, 
fostering agility, scalability and efficiency to align with evolving 
customer requirements and industry best practices.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  18
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

4%
8%
21%
32%
35%
88%
0-6 months
7-12 months
1-3 years
3-5 years
5+ years
>1 year
OTC revenue split by 
customer tenure in  
FY 2024
Focus on higher value customers and 
customer retention
The Group has more than 30 million customers registered on its 
trading platforms globally, reflecting the scale of the Group’s global 
operations and popularity of its robust, intuitive trading platforms. 
Plus500 offers customers over 2,500 financial instruments across 
its product offering of OTC, futures, options on futures and share 
dealing. This diverse offering enables customers to adapt their 
trading strategies and exploit trading opportunities.
Plus500 is committed to inclusive access 
to financial markets and trading products
Plus500’s objective is to provide trusted and intuitive access to 
financial products. It seeks to achieve this by offering a broad range 
of financial products, aligning its global scale with its locally tailored 
offering, all of which are powered by a best-in-class proprietary 
technology stack. 
Superior technology and innovative 
approach drive customer retention 
Plus500 is a technology company at its core and its technological 
superiority forms one of the Group’s key competitive advantages. 
The Group’s proprietary technology provides a host of benefits 
from how responsive Plus500 can be to changes in its markets to 
how quickly it can incorporate customer feedback and introduce 
new offerings. 
In recent years, the Group has invested significantly in its customer 
retention technologies to great effect. As a result, 67% of FY 2024 
OTC revenue was generated by customers who have been trading 
with Plus500 for more than three years. In addition, the Group’s 
focus on higher value customers across its acquisition channels 
has resulted in further progress across major operational KPIs, 
including the Average Deposit per Active Customer.
LARGE, ESTABLISHED CUSTOMER BASE
Significant latent value in 
Plus500’s global registered 
customer base of over 30 million
Longevity of Plus500’s OTC customer base 
Long-term 
customer relationships
A key value driver for Plus500 
Retention initiatives 
Including Premium Service
Product diversification  
Enables continued customer 
longevity
Significant increase in 
longevity of Plus500’s  
customer base
OTC customers trading with
Plus500 for >3 years 
(% of total OTC revenue)
40%
59%
67%
2022
2023
2024
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  19
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

BUSINESS MODEL
Creating value for 
our stakeholders
Financial position and capacity
The Group has built a strong financial track record, 
maintaining a debt-free balance sheet since inception, 
with a lean and flexible cost structure and consistently 
high levels of cash generation. 
Read more on pages 38 to 40
Corporate reputation
Plus500 is a constituent of the FTSE 250 Index and the 
STOXX Europe 600 Index. The Group has a long track 
record of strong operational and financial performance, 
supported by its market-leading and technology-based 
trading platforms. 
Read more on pages 2 to 11
Regulators
The Group ensures that it remains in compliance with 
relevant global regulatory standards.
Read more on page 25
People
The Group attracts and retains talented people to 
drive ongoing optimisation and management of 
its technology and its ability to attract and 
retain customers. 
Read more on pages 26 to 32
Technology
Plus500 operates robust and agile trading platforms 
which are based on its proprietary, market-leading 
technology. 
Read more on pages 16 to 18
Service providers
Plus500 has strong and strategic relationships with a 
range of service providers to support its commercial 
efforts and business initiatives.
Read more on page 25
Responding to customer 
requirements
Customer-centric approach
Embedded in the Group’s culture, ensuring 
a best‑in‑class customer experience, enabled by 
ongoing technological development of Plus500’s 
trading platforms.
Aligned to relevant regulatory 
requirements 
Enables continued customer care and protection, 
through educational and training features.
With a clear purpose 
and strategy
Our purpose is to enable trusted and intuitive access to 
financial opportunities for our customers, across an 
increasingly broad range of financial instruments, 
countries and devices, and to drive our continued 
progress as a global multi-asset fintech group.
Supported by
Comprehensive risk management
A Group-wide proprietary risk management system that 
incorporates real-time functionality risk management 
systems and trading threshold triggers to reduce risk. 
Sound governance
Plus500’s Board is comprised of diversified and highly 
experienced individuals with extensive knowledge across 
multiple disciplines, in particular financial services 
and technology. 
Our significant competitive 
advantages enable consistent 
delivery of value for our stakeholders
Resources and  
relationships 
How we create  
and maximise  
value
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  20
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

$768.3M
Revenue
$342.3M
EBITDA
$3.57
Basic earnings per share
94%
Operating cash conversion
$345.2M
Shareholder returns paid
$3.0BN
Total customer deposits
Value created  
in FY 2024 
Key stakeholders
Customers
Customers enjoy highly rated, robust and scalable, 
user‑friendly trading platforms, which are tailored for 
mobile usage. Plus500 also provides customers with 
an extensive range of educational materials and 
customer protection features.
People
The Group offers rewarding professional 
opportunities for its people to achieve long-term 
development and career progression.
Regulators
The Group engages with regulators to ensure the 
integrity of the industry remains robust, contributing 
to roundtable discussions within the industry and 
holding regular dialogue with global and regional 
regulators.
Shareholders
Plus500 has delivered attractive returns to its 
shareholders through ordinary and special dividends 
and share buybacks. Total returns in dividends and 
share buybacks since IPO in 2013 amount to 
approximately $2.5bn, including those announced in 
February 2025.
Service providers
The cooperation and collaboration of the Company 
with its service providers deliver value and synergy.
Communities
Helping the communities in which we operate with 
monetary and in-kind donations, as well as support 
and volunteering activities.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  21
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (“KPIs”)
Measuring our performance
The Group’s KPIs benchmark its performance  
and ability to drive Return on Investment (“ROI”)  
over time
Financial KPIs
$768.3M
Revenue
$768.3m
$726.2m
2024
2023
What is it
The Group’s revenue comprises of Customer Income1, interest 
income and Customer Trading Performance.2
Why we measure it
Revenue is a measure of the Group’s ability to maximise the 
strength of its offering.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
$342.3M
EBITDA
$342.3m
$340.5m
2024
2023
What is it
EBITDA is defined as revenue (trading income and interest 
income) minus operating expenses plus depreciation and 
amortisation.
Why we measure it
EBITDA is a measure of the Group’s profitability.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
1	 Revenue from OTC Customer Income (customer spreads and overnight charges) and from non-OTC Customer Income (commissions from the 
Group’s futures and options on futures operation and from ‘Plus500 Invest’, the Group’s share dealing platform).
2	 Gains/losses on customers’ trading positions.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  22
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Non-financial KPIs
254,138
Active Customers
254,138
233,037
2024
2023
What is it
Active Customers are customers who have made at least one 
trade using real money on one of the Group’s trading platforms 
in the relevant period.
Why we measure it
This measure reflects the level of customer activity on the 
Group’s trading platforms during the relevant period. It is an 
indicator of how successful the Group is in attracting and 
retaining customers, with a view to delivering sustainable 
revenue and profits.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
$3,023
Average Revenue  
Per User (“ARPU”)
$3,023
$3,116
2024
2023
What is it
ARPU is calculated by dividing the revenue by the number of 
Active Customers in the relevant period.
Why we measure it
This measure helps to provide an understanding of the average 
revenue generated per active customer. This helps us to identify 
and optimise our customer acquisition strategies to deliver an 
attractive ROI over time.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
118,010
New Customers
118,010
90,944
2024
2023
What is it
New Customers are customers who have deposited into their 
trading account for the first time.
Why we measure it
This metric tracks the number of New Customers the Group 
attracts. This helps us to understand the success of our 
technological capabilities and effectiveness of marketing 
initiatives.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
$1,456
Average User Acquisition 
Cost (“AUAC”)
$1,456
$1,489
2024
2023
What is it
AUAC shows the average cost of attracting a new customer 
and is calculated by dividing our total marketing expenses by 
the number of New Customers in the relevant period.
Why we measure it
AUAC is a reflection of the marketing cost of recruiting New 
Customers in the relevant period.
Read more on pages 38 to 40
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  23
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

KEY STAKEHOLDER RELATIONSHIPS
Proactively engaging 
with our stakeholders
The Group aims to develop long-lasting relationships 
with its key stakeholders. The feedback and insights 
of the Group’s key stakeholders are taken into 
consideration as part of the Board’s discussions 
and decision-making
 Customers
Why we engage
We aim to ensure that Plus500 continues to provide a 
consistent, best-in-class service to its customers and that 
the Group continues to listen to customers about their 
requirements and interests. This approach helps Plus500 
retain existing, and attract new customers. In addition, 
customer care and protection is maintained through 
various educational tools and risk management features.
How we engage
Plus500 has an omni-channel customer-centric approach. 
We provide 24/7 customer support, which is available in 
multiple languages across a number of channels. 
We also provide customers with a range of educational 
and technological training tools to support them with their 
trading activities, including the ‘Trading Academy’ and a 
free demo trading account where applicable. 
In addition, we conduct customer surveys to better 
understand their views on Plus500’s services, so that we can 
continue to innovate and develop our products, based on 
customer feedback. As an example, based on customer 
feedback, the Group launched ‘+Insights’, a big-data, 
analytical tool designed to provide its OTC customers with 
access to real-time and historical trends, based on the Group’s 
registered customer base. 
Key focus areas
	
+ Consistent level of service delivery;
	
+ Continued 24/7 customer service availability;
	
+ Further expansion of a range of educational and training 
tools;
	
+ Provision of embedded risk management features to 
ensure customer care and protection is maintained; 
and
	
+ Ongoing customer surveys to ensure we remain 
cognisant of customer requirements and ideas.
 People
Why we engage
Organisational culture and employee welfare and well-
being are critical in ensuring that our services are delivered, 
through the ongoing development of our technology by 
our people, on a consistent, long-term basis. With this in 
mind, the Group regards its talented and committed people 
around the world as its key asset to enable its technology 
and services.
How we engage
The Group undertakes regular evaluation processes for our 
people and provides competitive reward packages to 
attract and retain high-quality people. We encourage our 
people to participate in training, learning and development, 
and make them aware of possible career progression 
opportunities within the Group. 
We provide our people with a dynamic work environment, 
with high-quality office facilities, including a new HQ office 
building during 2024, and the opportunity to engage in a 
number of social activities and community engagement 
programmes. 
One of our Non-Executive Directors, Steve Baldwin, is the 
workforce engagement representative on the Board who 
provides a channel through which our people can also 
share their views directly to the Board, informing the Board’s 
approach to supporting improvements in organisational 
culture. 
Key focus areas
	
+ Consistent internal communication on developments 
within the Group and across our industry;
	
+ Continued opportunities for training, learning, 
development and career progression; and
	
+ Continued communication of people matters to 
the Board.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  24
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

 Regulators
Why we engage
Regulatory oversight is an integral part of the Group’s 
business, as its regulated subsidiaries retain operating 
licences and are supervised by various regulators around 
the world. Regulatory compliance procedures are 
constantly reviewed and enhanced, with a culture of 
compliance embedded within the business, including 
open and constructive communication with relevant 
regulatory bodies.
How we engage
The Group communicates with regulators on an ongoing, 
constructive and open basis and participates in a number 
of regulators’ coordination groups. In addition, we 
contribute to public consultations issued by regulators on 
relevant industry matters.
Key focus areas
	
+ Continued monitoring of, and compliance with, 
appropriate laws, relevant regulatory standards and 
industry best practices;
	
+ Rapid implementation of regulatory changes, driven by 
our proprietary technology; and 
	
+ Ongoing communication with, and support of, regulators 
in current markets where the Group is operating and in 
jurisdictions where the Group may operate in the future.
 Communities
Why we engage
It is important to Plus500 to support and engage with its 
local communities and, with this in mind, the Group 
continued to invest in various initiatives during FY 2024.
How we engage
The Group participates in a number of projects to support 
and assist local communities and charities. These include 
ongoing monetary contributions and the provision of 
resources and equipment to a number of charities, non-
profit organisations, community centres and 
disadvantaged families in local communities. 
The Group also maintains strategic partnerships and 
alliances with community partners, including our ongoing 
collaboration with top-tier academic institutions, for 
example the ‘Technion – Israel Institute of Technology’, 
through which we participate in several innovation and 
entrepreneurship initiatives.
Key focus areas
	
+ Continued financial donations; 
	
+ Ongoing supply and provision of resources and 
equipment; 
	
+ Further employee engagement in local community 
projects; and
	
+ Continued focus on strategic partnerships with top-tier 
academic institutions.
 Shareholders
Why we engage
Plus500 aims to provide fair, balanced and understandable 
information to investors and shareholders, to ensure their 
continued support of the Company. Maintaining a close 
connection to its shareholders through clear and 
transparent dialogue continues to be a major focus for 
Plus500. The Company continues to seek ways in which to 
enhance its relationship with investors.
How we engage
An open dialogue with investors is achieved through 
meetings, results presentations, Capital Markets Day events, 
conference attendance and group events, such as the 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). In addition, the Company 
produces a variety of investor-focused materials, including 
annual reports, news published on the Regulatory 
News  Service and investor presentations. These are 
available on our dedicated Investor Relations website 
(investors.plus500.com). 
Key focus areas
	
+ Ongoing transparent dialogue with investors;
	
+ Open lines of communication for shareholders;
	
+ Regular collection of investor feedback and 
dissemination to the Board; and
	
+ Executive Management participation in investor-focused 
events and activities.
 Service providers
Why we engage
Plus500 works with various service providers, including 
payment processors and marketing providers, who support 
the Group with various activities.
How we engage
We build strong partnerships with service providers through 
an open dialogue to ensure we can develop long-term 
valuable relationships. 
Our relationships with our service providers include the 
ongoing review and monitoring of their performance levels, 
to ensure that the Group is achieving quality and value from 
its partnerships. Ultimately, this helps to build mutually 
beneficial relationships with our service providers. 
Key focus areas
	
+ Ongoing dialogue with our service providers;
	
+ Continued fair treatment of service providers in our 
dealings with them; and 
	
+ Consistent focus on innovation and new initiatives to 
help deliver enhanced value from service provider 
partnerships.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  25
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

ESG APPROACH 
Environmental, Social 	
and Governance (“ESG”)
The Group remained focused on its key ESG priorities, in 
particular customer care and protection, as well as 
employee well-being, welfare and development
Introduction
The Group remains committed to operating responsibly and 
sustainably in all aspects of its business, carrying out a range of 
ESG initiatives to deliver tangible value for its stakeholders. 
The Group’s core ESG values are:
	
+ Creating long-term value for our stakeholders;
	
+ Putting our customers first by leading the industry in which we 
operate and by delivering innovative, high-quality products;
	
+ Maintaining a dynamic and creative work environment for 
our people around the world, which promotes diversity and 
equal opportunity, protects human rights and eliminates 
discrimination; and
	
+ Minimising any impact of the Group’s operations on the 
environment.
The Group’s key ESG priorities are:
	
+ Leadership and governance;
	
+ Customer care and protection;
	
+ Organisational culture;
	
+ Cyber security; and
	
+ Systems infrastructure.
This section of the Annual Report outlines the Group’s progress in 
each of these areas in FY 2024, and provides comprehensive 
disclosure in relation to the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) on pages 33 to 37. 
Plus500 continues to take steps to mitigate the risks associated 
with each of these priority areas, supported by ongoing 
engagement with key stakeholders. The Key Stakeholder 
Relationships and Risk Management Framework sections on pages 
24 to 25 and 42 to 47, respectively, of this Annual Report outline in 
more detail how the Group is mitigating these risks. 
Leadership and governance 
Since its IPO in 2013, Plus500 has evolved significantly as it 
transitioned from AIM to the Main Market of the LSE. Over that period, 
the Company has maintained its ongoing commitment to adhering 
to high standards of corporate governance. Under the leadership 
of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Plus500’s Chair for the past four years, the 
Company’s commitment has further strengthened and we have 
evolved our corporate governance structure materially. 
Plus500 makes significant effort to remain in compliance with 
relevant governance requirements, in particular ensuring the 
appropriate Board composition and diversity, and maintaining a 
remuneration policy for directors and executives which is aligned 
to the long-term interests of shareholders. 
In addition, the Board remains aware that it must continue to attract 
and retain high-quality members and Executive Management 
leadership, to ensure the Group continues to deliver a consistently 
strong operational performance and achieve its strategic 
objectives. 
More details on the Board’s approach to governance, covering 
each of these priority areas, can be found in the Governance Report 
of this Annual Report, on pages 58 to 63, with biographies of Board 
members on pages 54 to 57. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  26
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Customer care and protection 
Customer care and protection, in particular ensuring customers 
remain protected from, and well informed of, the inherent risks 
involved with trading, remains a high priority for the Group, in-line 
with global regulatory requirements in this area. 
Measures such as negative balance protection and maintenance 
margin protection on the Group’s OTC trading platform remain 
important and have been embedded in Plus500’s trading platforms 
since its inception, and are now integrated across many regulatory 
regimes around the world. 
The Group provides an educational portal which includes the 
‘Trading Academy’ as part of its commitment to supporting 
customers by providing them with access to knowledge and skills. 
This educational initiative encompasses an informative eBook and 
videos relating to capital markets and trading, among other topics. 
This offering aims to equip customers with valuable insights and 
risk management tools to maximise their user experience. By 
fostering a culture of continuous learning, Plus500 provides its 
customers with the resources needed to make informed decisions 
and navigate the complexities of the financial markets confidently. 
This commitment to education fosters a relationship built on trust, 
loyalty and support.
In addition, a free demo account is available on an unlimited basis 
for the Group’s OTC and ‘Plus500 Futures’ customers, while 
sophisticated risk management tools are provided free of charge 
for customers to manage leveraged exposure, including measures 
such as stop losses. 
The Group upholds a strong, customer-focused commitment to 
compliance, backed by its proficiency in global regulatory 
standards and established connections with regulators in the 
markets and industries in which it operates. The Company 
possesses the technological expertise and capabilities necessary 
to promptly adapt to any regulatory changes efficiently.
Organisational culture 
Plus500 operates an entrepreneurial and high-performance 
organisational culture to empower ongoing improvements in 
employee development, attraction and retention, through training, 
learning, community engagement, welfare, well-being and career 
development. This ultimately ensures the delivery of a consistent 
level of high quality products and services for customers.
Employee satisfaction survey
During the year, Plus500 carried out an employee engagement 
survey, covering all Group employees. The survey was well-received 
and had a response rate of approximately 80%. 
The survey aimed to identify strengths, weaknesses and challenges 
to enhance employee engagement and organisational 
effectiveness. The main areas of strength, as identified in this survey 
were: management effectiveness and responsiveness; 
approachable managers; flexibility in the working environment; 
clear manager expectations; and good work-life balance. Plus500’s 
employees also expressed that they would recommend Plus500 
as a workplace.
The survey results will guide strategic initiatives to further improve 
employee satisfaction and drive organisational growth, ensuring 
that feedback is actively addressed in alignment with Plus500’s 
commitment to continuous improvement.
Employee development
The Group’s headquarters and R&D centres are in Israel, a major 
global hub for technology and innovation, where there is a skilled 
and educated workforce which is highly trained in all elements of 
technological development. Plus500 has fostered an 
entrepreneurial and high-performance organisational culture 
that reflects Israel’s innovation-driven environment. The Group has 
replicated this cultural mindset in each of its global subsidiaries.
This organisational culture has created a working environment 
which supports ongoing improvements in employee development, 
through training, learning and career progression. As such, Plus500 
has formal structures in place to identify and promote internal 
talent. It continually reviews its identified internal talent and ensures 
opportunities for training, skill enhancement and leadership 
development. The Company also provides financial support for 
academic studies of talented employees, including contributions 
toward tuition fees for degree programmes. Additionally, it provides 
flexibility in work schedules to accommodate study days.
Plus500 provides training and development for its employees. This 
includes workshops and lectures for managers and employees, 
such as sessions by renowned external speakers, Board member-
led lectures, and employee participation in workshops, 
conferences, and forums focused on technology, innovation and 
soft skills.
The Group carries out annual performance evaluations for all 
employees, to help continue their development and meet their 
career aspirations within the Group. 
The Group provides a range of generous benefits for all employees 
and enables them to participate in its success through competitive 
reward packages, alongside share-related benefits that are linked 
to the financial and operational performance of Plus500.
In 2024, Plus500 launched its first ever Bootcamp training 
programme for talented graduates of leading academic 
institutions. The selection process was rigorous and the chosen 
graduates were rewarded with full-time roles preceded by an 
intensive training programme covering a broad range of 
technologies and their application within the Company, as well as 
the Company’s internal development processes.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  27
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The Group remained dedicated to 
the health, safety and well-being of 
its people and aims to continually 
provide them with optimal working 
conditions to support a healthy, safe 
and balanced working environment.” 
ESG APPROACH CONTINUED
Employee health, safety and well-being
The Group is particularly dedicated to the health, safety and well-
being of its people and aims to continue to provide them with 
optimal working conditions to support a healthy, safe and balanced 
working environment. 
Furthermore, to help drive even greater employee satisfaction, the 
Group provides gifts and merchandise to its employees worldwide 
to celebrate such events as public holidays, birthdays, weddings 
and parenthood. The Group also holds annual employee events, 
with various departments arranging regular ‘family days’ and team 
events across its global operations. There were no employee 
fatalities in FY 2024, nor in any of the prior two fiscal years. 
The Group’s approach to equal 
opportunity, protecting human rights 
and employee diversity 
Plus500 is committed to maintaining high ethical standards and 
protecting human rights across its operations and supply chain. 
The Company’s Human Rights and Modern Slavery Statement 
pursuant to Section 54 of the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015, can be 
found on the Company’s website. In FY 2024, the Group continued 
to monitor and track potential human rights and modern slavery 
issues, as part of its overall compliance risk management 
programme. There were no incidents of modern slavery or human 
rights abuses across the Group’s operations. The Group has not 
carried out any major redundancy programmes (defined as more 
than 10% of the Group’s workforce) in the last three fiscal years.
The Group is committed to equal opportunity in employment and 
to creating, managing, valuing and promoting diversity and 
eliminating discrimination in its workforce. The Group maintains 
an Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy with respect to candidate 
selection processes, hiring, promotion, compensation, training 
and assignment of responsibilities, termination or any other aspect 
of the employment relationship.
The Group is also committed to equality and fairness to all and 
does not provide less favourable facilities or treatment on the 
grounds of characteristics such as age, disability, gender, gender 
reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, pregnancy or 
maternity, race, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, national origin, 
religion or belief, sex or sexual orientation, educational, professional, 
cultural and socio-economic backgrounds, political opinion, 
sensitive medical conditions and trade union membership. 
Plus500’s people come from diverse backgrounds and the Group 
ensures that all employees, both prospective and current, are given 
access to equal opportunities. All employees, whether they are 
part-time, full-time or temporary, are treated fairly and with respect.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  28
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The Group is committed to achieving the purpose of its Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy by: 
	
+ Creating a secure and positive working environment: 
	
– free of bullying, harassment, victimisation and unlawful 
discrimination in which individual differences and the 
contributions of all staff are recognised and valued;
	
– that promotes and encourages all staff to treat everyone 
with dignity and respect; and 
	
– that promotes equality, diversity and inclusion. This includes 
training managers and all other staff about their rights and 
responsibilities under this policy throughout the period of 
their employment;
	
+ Not tolerating, and taking seriously, complaints of any form of 
intimidation, bullying, harassment, victimisation or unlawful 
discrimination by staff, customers, suppliers, visitors, the public 
and any others in the course of the Group’s work activities and 
to take appropriate action where breaches of this policy arise;
	
+ Making training, development and progression opportunities 
available to all staff, who will be helped and encouraged to 
develop their full potential, so their talents and resources can 
be fully utilised to maximise the efficiency of the organisation;
	
+ Encouraging anyone who feels they have been subject to any 
form of discrimination outlined in this policy, or otherwise, to 
raise their concerns in a timely manner so the Group can take 
appropriate action; and
	
+ Reviewing the Group’s employment practices and procedures 
when necessary to ensure fairness is maintained at all times 
and to ensure that they take account of any changes in any 
relevant local law.
The Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy is monitored and 
reviewed annually by the Board, with the assistance of the 
Nomination Committee and the ESG Committee, to ensure that 
equality, diversity and inclusion are continually promoted in the 
workplace.
The Group’s organisational culture and mindset has helped to drive 
employee attraction and retention and has ultimately led to the 
Group’s innovation and technological excellence. 
More information on the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy can 
be found on page 68 of this Annual Report. This policy can also be 
found on the Company’s website.
Gender representation
46%
54%
Female
Male
633 employees
as at 31 December 2024 
The Group is committed to the progression of its talented women, 
with female representation across the Group remaining relatively 
strong. 
Plus500 believes that diversity across the Board and the Group is 
an important element in maintaining competitive advantage and 
effective governance, as well as mitigating the risk of a “group think” 
culture. 
The table below details gender representation as at 31 December 
2024.
FEMALE
MALE
TOTAL
Board1
3 (38%)
5 (62%)
8
Senior 
management2
17 (40%)
25 (60%)
42
All employees
290 (46%)
343 (54%)
633
1	 Ms. Anne Grim stepped down from the Board after completing her term 
as an Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2025. 
2	 Senior management includes Executive Management and the first 
layer of management below.
Reporting table on sex/gender representation (as at 31 December 2024)
NUMBER
OF BOARD
MEMBERS1
PERCENTAGE OF
THE BOARD
NUMBER
OF SENIOR
POSITIONS ON
THE BOARD
(CEO, CFO, SID,
AND CHAIR)
NUMBER IN
EXECUTIVE
MANAGEMENT2
PERCENTAGE
OF EXECUTIVE
MANAGEMENT
Female
3
38%
1
1
13%
Male
5
62%
3
7
87%
1	 Ms. Anne Grim stepped down from the Board after completing her term as an Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2025. 
2	 This includes two Executive Directors who were also counted as part of the Board members.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  29
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

ESG APPROACH CONTINUED
Ethnicity representation
Reporting table on ethnicity representation (as at 31 December 2024) 
NUMBER 
OF BOARD 
MEMBERS
PERCENTAGE OF 
THE BOARD
NUMBER 
OF SENIOR 
POSITIONS ON 
THE BOARD 
(CEO, CFO, SID, 
AND CHAIR)
NUMBER IN 
EXECUTIVE 
MANAGEMENT1
PERCENTAGE 
OF EXECUTIVE 
MANAGEMENT
White British or other White  
(including minority-White groups)
6
75%
2
4
50%
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
2
25%
2
3
37%
Asian/Asian British
0
0
0
0
0
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
0
0
0
0
0
Other ethnic group, including Arab
0
0
0
1
13%
Not specified/prefer not to say
0
0
0
0
0
1	 This includes two Executive Directors who were also counted as part of the Board. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  30
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Cyber security
Ensuring the Group’s technology remains highly secure and 
resistant to privacy breaches, especially regarding operational 
personal information and data, is a key priority for Plus500.
The Group’s Head of Cyber Security, reporting to the Chief 
Technology Officer, manages and oversees the organisation’s 
information security programme, developing and implementing 
a comprehensive security strategy, managing risks, ensuring 
compliance with relevant regulations and standards, and fostering 
a robust security culture. 
Plus500 conducts regular cyber security training for all Group 
employees worldwide, as well as to its Board members. Regular 
internal cyber security assessments and audits are in place while 
external ones are being conducted as necessary. Plus500 also has 
a policy, plan and procedure for disaster recovery in place.
The Group’s production environment is hosted by a third-party 
supplier that adheres to the highest security standards, including 
ISO/IEC 27001 for Information Security Management and SOC 1-3, 
demonstrating a strong commitment to operational security.
Data protection 
Plus500 maintains a data protection policy which, among others, 
outlines the data retention practices which aim to ensure that: (i) 
access permissions, inter alia, to personal data, are granted in a 
restricted manner to personnel on a need to know basis, as well as 
being periodically monitored; and (ii) personal data is retained for 
as long as required for the purpose of its processing or during any 
applicable statutory retention period, and is subsequently erased 
without undue delay.
Moreover, Plus500 implements appropriate technical and 
organisational measures to ensure the security of processed 
personal data and to protect such data against any accidental or 
unlawful destruction or loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure or 
access. The data protection policy also contains a commitment 
to require third-party service providers, which process personal 
data on behalf of Plus500, to comply with applicable data 
protection legislation.
Plus500 has clear governance structures in place for privacy 
management and its data protection practices include: (i) annual 
mandatory privacy training for applicable Group employees; (ii) 
regular privacy analysis and risk assessments to mitigate risks 
derived from processing of personal data; (iii) a formal incident 
response procedure which includes several steps, including 
reporting, analysing, responding and reviewing any data breaches 
that might occur; and (iv) various data protection procedures, 
including endpoint protection, network segregation and user 
access reviews. 
Systems infrastructure 
Maintaining a robust systems infrastructure with embedded risk 
management, high scalability, availability and resilience remains 
crucial to ensure that Plus500’s customers receive a consistent 
high level of service. 
This commitment is further reinforced by the Company’s continued 
investment in the development of its technology. The Company 
actively invests in transforming its systems architecture to further 
embrace cloud-native principles, fostering agility, scalability and 
efficiency to align with evolving customer requirements and 
industry best practices.
The strength of the Company’s systems has ensured that its 
platforms consistently deliver the required capacity to support 
significant volumes of activity.
Anti-bribery and corruption
As a company listed on the Main Market of the LSE, Plus500 is subject 
to the UK Bribery Act 2010 and, as a company incorporated in Israel, 
it is also subject to anti-bribery and anti-corruption regulation 
under applicable Israeli law. 
Plus500 operates a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and 
corruption. The Group’s Anti-Bribery Policy aims to ensure it 
conducts all business in an honest and ethical manner while acting 
professionally and fairly with integrity in business dealings and 
relationships. 
This policy applies to all individuals working for the Group, at all 
levels and grades, as well as consultants, contractors, trainees, 
seconded staff, homeworkers, casual workers and agency staff, 
volunteers, interns, agents, sponsors, or any other person 
associated with Plus500, or any of its subsidiaries or their 
employees, wherever located. This policy covers:
	
+ Bribes;
	
+ Gifts, hospitality and expenses;
	
+ Facilitation payments;
	
+ Third-party suppliers or agents;
	
+ Client entertainment and benefits;
	
+ Money laundering;
	
+ Obstruction of justice;
	
+ Political contributions; and
	
+ Charitable contributions.
The prevention, detection and reporting of bribery and other forms 
of corruption are the responsibility of all employees of the Group. 
All individuals are required to avoid any activity that might lead to, 
or suggest, a breach of this policy and to raise any concern, should 
they have any, to the Company Secretary, who shall keep these 
concerns strictly confidential. Internal control systems and 
procedures are subject to regular audits to provide assurance that 
they are effective in countering bribery and corruption.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  31
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

ESG APPROACH CONTINUED
Training on the Anti-Bribery Policy forms part of the induction 
process for all of the Group’s new recruits. All of the Group’s 
employees receive relevant training on how to implement and 
adhere to all aspects of the policy.
The Anti-Bribery Policy and its implementation is reviewed on a 
regular basis, and annually at Board level, to ensure that Plus500 
conducts all of its business in an honest and ethical manner.
Plus500 prohibits contributions, whether in cash or in-kind, and 
involvement of any kind in support of any political parties or 
candidates. In addition, in order to avoid any criminal offence and 
to protect the Group’s reputation, it is important that the Group 
does not become involved with third-party criminal activities. To 
this end, the Group continues to ensure that it does not receive 
funds relating to criminal activities which could be associated with 
money laundering (the activity of taking the proceeds of criminal 
activity and disguising the origin, identity and destination of this 
illicit money through a series of transactions). 
Plus500’s donations
As a global group, Plus500 has made a decision to create a 
framework for making charitable donations worldwide, both 
monetary and in-kind. Plus500’s Donations Committee comprises 
of workforce volunteers, which oversee the planning and 
performance of relevant activities, with meetings occurring on a 
quarterly basis. The Group CEO and the Chief People Officer are 
both members of this Committee, and it is chaired by the 
Group CEO.
During FY 2024, supervised by the Group’s Donations Committee, 
the Group made cash donations to various community projects 
and non-profit organisations including to women and children at 
risk, children and adults with special needs, students with financial 
difficulties as well as to a youth support programme and a number 
of education support and enrichment programmes for deprived 
and vulnerable children in local communities. In addition, the Group 
donated IT equipment and clothing to various charities and local 
community initiatives.
Community engagement and 
philanthropy
The Group encourages its people to get involved and contribute 
in their local communities. Workforce social initiatives are 
supported by Plus500’s Donations Committee.
Plus500 fosters community engagement activities worldwide, 
which not only contribute to a better society but also deepen 
employees’ pride in Plus500.
During 2024, the Group supported employees to volunteer. The 
Group aims to continue to carry out its recent employee-volunteer 
community initiatives during paid working hours in the local 
communities in which it operates, and to expand the level of in-kind 
contributions. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  32
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT ON THE TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (“TCFD”) 
The Group is committed to managing its environmental impact, 
resulting from the energy usage relating to the maintenance of 
the Group’s IT infrastructure and the operation of its network of 
offices around the world. As a technology business, Plus500 does 
not carry out any industrial activity, is not involved in anything which 
would emit environmentally harmful substances and has a 
relatively low environmental impact. However, as the Group aims 
to ensure that it conducts appropriate and necessary actions to 
minimise the impact of its infrastructure and operations on the 
environment, it has made the following commitments to:
	
+ Protect the environment;
	
+ Reduce waste, as well as water, energy and resource use;
	
+ Monitor the Group’s environmental performance; 
	
+ Provide environmental training for employees; and
	
+ Ensure that office services are sourced from providers that share 
these commitments. 
Plus500 received no environmental fines or penalties in FY 2024, 
nor in the prior two fiscal years.
Streamlined energy and carbon reporting
The table on page 37 outlines the Group’s energy and emissions 
output over the last two years, particularly in relation to Scope 2 
emissions, which have been calculated using a location-based 
calculation method based on the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (the 
Group does not emit any Scope 1 emissions, given the nature of its 
business).
The two factors within the Group’s business with the most significant 
potential environmental impact, in relation to emissions, are:
	
+ The maintenance of Plus500’s technology infrastructure, in 
particular the management of the various data centres and 
servers that are owned or leased by the Group around the world; 
and
	
+ The Group’s global office network. 
In FY 2024, total electricity consumption and expenditure increased 
compared to FY 2023 mainly due to the expansion of the Group, 
resulting in a higher number of employees and offices around the 
world, and the growth of the business. 
The Group has made a commitment of becoming carbon 
negative and net zero for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2030. 
This commitment will be supported by a number of activities, 
including looking for opportunities to improve the efficiency 
and performance of its servers and third-party data centres. 
The Group continues to investigate ways to measure its Scope 
3 emissions and, when finalised, the Group will report on these 
Scope 3 emissions, including them in future disclosure and, 
potentially, incorporating them into the Group’s emissions targets. 
The Group is also making strides in reducing its direct emissions 
by shifting from data centres to the cloud, and is actively working 
on strategies to reduce the impact this shift to the cloud has on its 
Scope 3 emissions.
Minimising our  
environmental impact
Plus500 will continue the dialogue with its key suppliers in relation 
to its Scope 3 emissions and as part of its vendor management 
process will stress the importance of working with vendors that are 
managing their environmental impact.
The Group has adopted an Environmental Policy, which can be 
found on the Company’s website. 
The following pages cover Plus500’s governance of climate change, 
the integration with overall risk management, strategy in managing 
climate-related issues and opportunities, and the metrics to 
measure progress towards our targets, in recognition of the 
requirement for mandatory climate-related disclosures arising 
from the requirements of the UK Listing Rule 6.6.6R(8), by including 
climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
recommendations and recommended disclosures as detailed in 
‘Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures’, 2017, with additional guidance from ‘Implementing 
the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures’, 2021.
The Group has a net zero target for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
by 2030 or earlier. In turn, the Group recognises the requirement to 
develop a transition plan inclusive of value chain emissions, 
consistent with the UK Government’s net zero commitment by 2050, 
but the Group has yet to fully quantify its Scope 3 emissions.
Governance
Board level
The Board has overall responsibility for climate change 
management, including oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities, as with all matters which impact the strategy, risk 
management, vision and direction of the Group. ESG matters, 
including climate change, are discussed more than once a year 
at Board meetings and the Board receives training on sustainability 
issues that have the potential to impact the businesses, whenever 
necessary. 
The Board is supported and informed on climate-related issues 
via the ESG Committee, which ensures that any potential impacts 
of climate change are incorporated into the review of Group 
strategy, business plans and risk management. The ESG Committee 
was established in 2020 and is chaired by Steve Baldwin, an 
Independent Non-Executive Director. The ESG Committee monitors 
progress against the Group’s ESG approach and priority areas, and 
is responsible for externally reporting these elements. 
The ESG Committee meets at least twice a year, as outlined in the 
ESG Committee Terms of Reference, and provides updates to the 
Board at least annually. In FY 2024, the ESG Committee met three 
times. 
Progress against the Group’s net zero targets and its climate-
related risks and opportunities is monitored and overseen by the 
Board, based on information (progress and metrics as outlined 
below) received from the ESG Committee. For example, in March 
2024, the Group’s HQ office moved to a new, more energy efficient 
building which is Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design 
(“LEED”) certified. Moving to the new office premises demonstrates 
Plus500’s continued efforts to drive energy efficiency and 
environmental design.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  33
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT ON THE TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (“TCFD”) CONTINUED
Management level 
As a member of Plus500’s ESG Committee, David Zruia, the Group 
CEO, is responsible for management-level climate change 
oversight. The ESG Committee receives input from Executive 
Management but is predominantly supported by the Company’s 
internal ESG working group. The ESG working group was established 
in 2021 to assist the ESG Committee in monitoring and reviewing 
ESG risks and opportunities. The ESG working group comprises the 
Company Secretary and Head of Investor Relations, who work with 
a specialist ESG consultancy for external guidance. 
The ESG Committee receives reports on ESG risks, including climate-
related risks, identified through the Group’s Risk Management 
Framework and, with support from the ESG working group, 
determines the nature and potential impact of climate-related 
risks and opportunities facing the Group in achieving its purpose 
and strategic objectives. The ESG Committee subsequently advises 
the Board, when necessary, on current and future strategies 
regarding climate-related risks and opportunities.
Risk management
Plus500’s climate-related risk management is integrated into the 
Group’s overall Risk Management Framework. All climate-related 
risks are assessed in the same manner as other Group risks, so that 
their relative significance is comparable. The Group’s Risk Register 
categorises all existing and emerging risks, including climate-
related risks, with the register covering the likelihood of the risk 
occurring and the degree of the potential impact. Climate-related 
risks and opportunities relevant to the Group were identified with 
the help of external consultants, CEN Group, in collaboration with 
senior management. All risks are assessed on a 5x5 matrix 
incorporating an assessment of both impact and likelihood, which 
allows for the prioritisation of risks.
Risk impact (materiality) is defined by the table on page 35.
Risk likelihood is defined under five categories: Slight, Not Likely, 
Likely, Highly Likely and Expected.
Risk mitigation factors for all risks, including climate-related, are 
included in the Risk Register and this combined view determines 
the approach for managing climate-related risks (e.g., mitigation, 
accept or control). ESG-related risks are reviewed annually to reflect 
new and developing areas in the operating environment which 
might impact business strategy and include the ongoing 
refinement and quantification of risks over time. Internally, the cost 
of mitigation is described (where possible) along with an 
explanation of how this is derived. The Regulatory & Risk Committee 
meets at least three times a year, with all Board members receiving 
risk and compliance reports on a monthly basis. 
Strategy
Time horizons for the climate-related risk assessment have been 
chosen on the basis that they encompass our emissions reduction 
targets and as climate change impacts tend to materialise in the 
longer term; short (0 to 3 years), medium (2027-2032), or long term 
(2033-2042). Climate change has had observable effects on the 
environment and at Plus500 we realise climate change may 
present both risks and opportunities to the business.
As an asset-light technological business, Plus500’s overall climate 
risk exposure is limited. For example, our only potential physical risk 
exposure identified using toolsite analysis conducted by a third-
party consultant who used Location Risk Intelligence (flood risk in 
Haifa, Israel) is considered to be extremely limited and very unlikely 
in reality, and is mitigated by established home working procedures 
and insurance recovery in the event of natural disasters. Transition 
risks were analysed but deemed limited.
The Group has used scenario analysis to improve understanding 
of how different climate outcomes may affect the behaviour of 
risks, and thereby improve the resilience of the business to climate 
change. Three climate-related scenarios have been selected, 
looking forward to our long-term time horizon of 2040: 
	
+ Net Zero 2050 (“NZE”)1 outlining a pathway for the global energy 
sector to achieve net zero CO2 emissions by 2050, which limits 
the global temperature rise to 1.5°C by 2100, with 50% probability. 
This scenario is included as it informs decarbonisation pathways 
used by the Science-Based Targets initiative (“SBTi”).
	
+ Stated Policies (“STEPS”)1 outlining a combination of physical 
and transitions risk impacts as temperatures rise by 2.5°C by 
2100, with 50% probability. This scenario is included as it 
represents a midway path with the trajectory implied by today’s 
policy settings.
	
+ RCP 8.52 where global temperatures rise between 4.1-4.8°C by 
2100. This scenario is included for its extreme physical climate 
risks as the global response to mitigating climate change 
is limited. 
The Group has analysed and quantified how each climate-related 
risk and opportunity behaves under the three scenarios in-line with 
definitions for risk impact outlined above. When taken in aggregate, 
the conclusion is that the Group’s exposure, risk mitigation 
strategies, strategy, disclosure and net zero ambition provide 
financial resilience and strategic robustness to climate change 
with the Group’s overall climate-related risk exposure being “Minor”. 
A fundamental change to the business strategy or financial 
planning resulting from the impact of climate change is not likely 
to be required through to 2040 and there are no effects of climate-
related matters reflected in judgements and estimates applied in 
the financial statements as a result. The Group will continue to 
develop this analysis as new data is made available both internally 
and externally and the Group will continue to monitor climate 
exposures and action plans through the Group’s Risk Management 
Framework. The opportunities identified continue to be developed 
in-line with the Company’s strategy and objectives.
1	 IEA (2024), “World Energy Outlook 2024”, IEA, Paris.
2	 IPCC, 2014: “Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the 	
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change”.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  34
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Risks
Two key climate-related risks have been identified:
1. Risk to Plus500 not meeting its Scope 1 and 2 Net Zero and 
Carbon Negative Targets
Plus500 has clear targets associated with climate change and a 
continual obligation to report to external stakeholders to provide 
evidence of the Group’s ongoing commitment to this area. However, 
some aspects of the delivery against this plan are reliant on third 
parties. At present, the only source of operational emissions for the 
Group are within Scope 2 (electricity purchased), where the ability 
to decarbonise electricity supply may be hindered by the pace of 
renewable energy adoption by the Group offices’ landlords. The 
location of some sites may have more limited options for renewable 
energy. Failure to meet the defined net zero targets may cause 
reputational damage, dissuade potential investors, or result in 
greater costs due to the introduction of carbon pricing.
Assuming the successful completion of the Group’s near-term 
target of reducing Scope 1 and 2 emissions to net zero by 2030, the 
risk presented by potential carbon prices on our residual emissions 
under all time periods and all scenarios is “Minor”. The Group 
typically operates with short-term leases, making it feasible to 
move operations in areas where it is difficult to find renewable 
energy contracts with landlords. 
SCENARIO
PLUS500 SCOPE 2 RESIDUAL 
EMISSIONS (TCO2E)
2024
2030
2040
STEPS
No internal action  
(grid decarbonisation only)
306.7
224.5
123.7
Net Zero by 2030
306.7
0
0
NZE
No internal action  
(grid decarbonisation only)
306.7
150.5
4.2
Net Zero by 2030
306.7
0
0
2. Carbon pricing in the value chain
The cost of carbon and the number of countries adopting carbon 
price mechanisms is expected to rise as businesses are made 
more accountable for their energy use and carbon emissions. If 
Plus500’s suppliers come under carbon pricing mechanisms this 
could result in suppliers passing on the added cost from the carbon 
tax. The following table shows the International Energy Agency’s 
(“IEA”) forecasts for carbon pricing under NZE and STEPS scenarios. 
While quantification is reliant on a full Scope 3 footprint analysis, 
Plus500’s current assessment of this risk is “Minor”. 
CARBON PRICE ESTIMATES (US$/T)
Scenario – STEPS
2030
2040
EU*
140
149
Scenario – NZE
2030
2040
EU*
140
205
* 	Used as global estimate.
Identified key climate-related risks
RISK
1. RISK TO PLUS500 NOT MEETING SCOPE 1 AND 2 
NET ZERO AND CARBON NEGATIVE TARGETS
2. CARBON PRICING IN THE VALUE CHAIN
Type
Transition  
(market and reputation)
Transition  
(current and emerging regulation)
Area
Own operations
Upstream
Primary potential financial impact
Potential impact on revenue and/or  
cost of capital
Higher costs associated with energy  
and other inputs
Time horizon
Medium/Long term
Medium term
Likelihood
Not likely
Highly likely
Impact
Minor
Minor
Location or service most impacted
Group
Purchased goods and services
Climate risk impact 
IMPACT
MINOR
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
CRITICAL
Financial impact
X < $9m 
1% from cash
$9m < X < $20m
$20m < X < $35m
$35m < X < $50m
15% from 
EBITDA ($51m) 
or 10% from 
cash ($89m)
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  35
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT ON THE TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES (“TCFD”) CONTINUED
Opportunities
Two key climate-related opportunities have been identified:
OPPORTUNITY
1. ENERGY SAVINGS
2. RENEWABLE ENERGY
Type
Resource efficiency
Energy source
Primary potential financial impact
Decreased costs
Decreased costs
Time horizon
Medium term
Medium term
Likelihood
Highly likely
Expected
Impact
Minor
Minor
Location 
Group
Group
KPI
Total Group energy consumption (kWh)
Proportion of global electricity from 
renewable sources (%)
1. Energy savings
Decreasing energy consumption and increasing energy efficiency 
may decrease outgoing costs, contribute to our net zero target 
and mitigate against any future carbon pricing. This will have the 
emergent benefit of further mitigating the impact of Risk 1 outlined 
on page 35. As the Group’s offices are leased, the strategy to realise 
this opportunity will partly involve engagement with landlords to 
introduce energy saving measures. Implementing best practice 
in energy management in current offices will also be a factor in 
reducing consumption. In March 2024, the Group’s HQ office in Haifa 
moved to a new office location in a sustainable and innovative 
building. The new building is LEED certified. LEED is the world’s most 
widely used green building rating system. LEED certification provides 
a framework for healthy, highly efficient, and cost-saving green 
buildings, which offer environmental, social and governance 
benefits. LEED certification is a globally recognised symbol of 
sustainability achievement. Moving to the new office premises 
demonstrates Plus500’s continued efforts to drive energy efficiency 
and environmental design.
2. Renewable energy
Transitioning to renewable energy sources (self-generation, power 
purchase agreements or Renewable Energy Certificates (“RECs”)) 
can help in reducing market-based Scope 2 emissions to zero. As 
office locations are not owned, the most likely routes for the Group 
are to negotiate with landlords for the supply of renewable energy 
or to utilise RECs. Given the typically short-term nature of the Group’s 
leases and energy requirements of a services-based business, 
investment in self-generation would likely be unfeasible.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  36
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Metrics and targets
Plus500 has a clear target to be net zero for Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emissions by 2030 or earlier, which is ahead of the UK government’s 
commitment to net zero by 2050 and which brings plans for our 
operating emissions within the science-based pathway of limiting 
global warming to 1.5°C. The Group reports its Scope 1 and Scope 
2 greenhouse gas emissions, calculated in-line with the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol and discloses total energy consumption. 
In-line with the risk and opportunities identified, the Group assesses 
the proportion of global electricity from renewable sources. 
While acknowledging the TCFD recommendations to integrate an 
internal carbon price into Group processes, the risk assessment 
process has highlighted that at this point, climate-related risks are 
financially immaterial to Plus500 and therefore deemed 
unnecessary to implement. However, it may be used in assessing 
any future large capital expenditure and investment activities.
Additional metrics that monitor the climate-related risks and 
opportunities, such as upstream and downstream Scope 3 
emissions, are being considered for future reporting.
Streamlined energy and carbon reporting
FY 2024
FY 2023
ENERGY CONSUMPTION (KWH)
UK
GLOBAL
 (EXCL UK)
GROUP 
TOTAL
UK
GLOBAL 
(EXCL UK)
GROUP 
TOTAL
Total Group energy consumption (kWh)
22,788
776,679
799,467
25,639
732,195
757,834
FY 2024
FY 2023
GHG EMISSIONS (TCO2E)
UK
GLOBAL 
(EXCL UK)
GROUP 
TOTAL
UK
GLOBAL 
(EXCL UK)
GROUP 
TOTAL
Total Scope 1 (tCO2e)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total Scope 2 (tCO2e)
4.7
302.0
306.7
5.3
331.0
336.3
Total Scope 1 & 2 (tCO2e)
4.7
302.0
306.7
5.3
331.0
336.3
Intensity measure (Group turnover $m)
768.3
726.2
GHG Emissions Intensity Ratio  
(per Group turnover $m)
0.40
0.46
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  37
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

During FY 2024, the Group continued to invest 
in and pursue its strategic roadmap 
objectives which include expanding into new 
markets, launching new products, improving 
existing market operations and deepening 
engagement with customers.”
Elad Even-Chen
Group Chief Financial Officer
Introduction
In recent years, as guided by its strategic roadmap, Plus500 has 
expanded and diversified its global operations and has established 
a global presence supported by a portfolio of regulatory operating 
licences. Today, the Group offers a wide variety of financial 
instruments across its OTC, share dealing and futures platforms. It 
operates in more than 60 countries and provides a localised trading 
experience for customers which is enabled by the Group’s market-
leading, proprietary technology and focus on best-in-class 
customer service. These strong fundamentals provide ongoing 
support for the Group as it seeks to execute against its strategic 
roadmap ambitions of market expansion, product innovation and 
deepening its engagement with customers. 
FY 2024 was another excellent year for Plus500, including $360.5m 
of total shareholder returns being announced, which culminated 
in the Group’s shares becoming constituents of the prestigious 
STOXX Europe 600 Index in January 2025, reflecting the strength of 
the business.
Strategic business development
The Group also delivered excellent strategic progress on a number 
of fronts during FY 2024, including expanding its geographic 
footprint, introducing new products and services and deepening 
its overall engagement with customers. During FY 2025, the Group 
will continue to focus on these strategic pillars, which will be 
supported by organic and inorganic investments. 
In the US futures market, the Group continued to focus on growing 
its customer base and invested significant resources during FY 2024 
to do so. The Group’s operations in this market are supported by 
its proprietary technology, best-in-class customer service, Plus500’s 
‘omni-set solution’ and clearing memberships with the likes of CME, 
Eurex and ICE. 
As a result, the B2C (Retail) business onboarded a record number 
of New Customers during the year, reflecting the strength of its 
trading platforms, products and services. Plus500’s B2B 
(Institutional) business delivered significant growth and launched 
‘Plus500 Cosmos’, a proprietary and innovative customer portal 
providing access to a range of functionalities, including portfolio 
monitoring, treasury services and risk management. 
GROUP CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER REVIEW
Strong FY 2024 results reflect 
Plus500’s strategic strength 
and diversification
$768.3M
Revenue
(FY 2023: $726.2m)
$342.3M
EBITDA
(FY 2023: $340.5m)
45%
EBITDA margin
(FY 2023: 47%)
$3.57
Basic EPS
(FY 2023: $3.17)
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  38
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

In January 2025, the Group secured a clearing membership with 
ICE Clear US, part of Intercontinental Exchange Group (“ICE”), among 
the world’s largest operators of exchanges and clearing houses 
for listed derivatives. Additional clearing memberships will be 
targeted for FY 2025.
In January 2025, the Group obtained a new regulatory licence in 
the UAE from the SCA, enabling further expansion in the local market 
through an enhanced product offering and tailored marketing 
initiatives.
Also in January 2025, Plus500 launched its multi-asset offering for 
the Japanese market comprising new OTC products based on 
Indices, Equities and ETFs. This is an important and exciting 
milestone for the Group in a strategically important market, which 
has the potential to drive structural growth over the medium to 
long term.
Revenue, EBITDA, net profit and EPS
Revenue in FY 2024 was $768.3m (FY 2023: $726.2m), comprising 
trading income of $711.6m (FY 2023: $674.3m) and interest income 
of $56.7m (FY 2023: $51.9m). EBITDA for FY 2024 was $342.3m (FY 
2023: $340.5m) equating to an EBITDA margin of 45% (FY 2023: 
47%). The Group identified opportunities during the course of FY 
2024 to invest more in its marketing technology capabilities in 
order to drive customer acquisition and build the foundations for 
meaningful growth in future years. Net profit in FY 2024 was 
$273.1m (FY 2023: $271.4m) and basic EPS was $3.57 (FY 2023: $3.17). 
Cost base
The Group’s cost base continued to be positively weighted towards 
variable costs during FY 2024. This enables the Group to retain 
flexibility, while investing in its long-term technological capabilities, 
and to protect its margins. For FY 2024, 70% of the Group’s costs 
were variable (FY 2023: 70%). 
Total SG&A expenses were $432.2m for FY 2024 (FY 2023: $389.8m). 
The main elements were marketing technology investments of 
$171.8m (FY 2023: $135.4m), payment processing costs of $39.4m 
(FY 2023: $40.0m), employee benefits and other related expenses 
of $123.9m (FY 2023: $94.3m) and commissions and fees of $47.0m 
(FY 2023: $31.2m).
Investing to attract and retain higher value 
customers
Plus500 continued to invest in strategic markets and products to 
attract higher value customers during FY 2024. AUAC was $1,456 in 
FY 2024 (FY 2023: $1,489). The Group continues to expect that AUAC 
will rise steadily over time, in-line with the Group’s strategy to focus 
on higher value customers. The Group’s customer profile evolves 
towards higher value, long-term customers as it attracts customers 
to new trading products and in new geographies. Plus500’s 
technological marketing capabilities are the ones to enable the 
Group to lead this space and to provide long-term returns on 
investments.
Reflecting this focus on customer values and retention efforts, 
customer longevity has increased significantly in recent years. In 
FY 2024, 88% of OTC revenue was derived from customers trading 
with Plus500 for more than a year, 67% for more than three years 
and 35% for more than five years. For context, in FY 2019, just 11% of 
OTC revenue was derived from customers who had been trading 
with Plus500 for more than five years, which illustrates the significant 
progress the Group has made in improving customer relationships.
Net financial expenses (income)
Net financial expenses (income) were ($1.1m) in FY 2024 (FY 2023: 
$0.2m), driven mainly by FX gains and losses as the Group manages 
its exposure to a range of operating currencies versus the US dollar. 
A substantial portion of the Group’s cash is held in US dollars in 
order to reduce the impact of currency movements on financial 
expenses over time.
Corporate tax
The Company’s status as a Preferred Technological Enterprise 
(“PTE”), as accredited by the Israeli Tax Authority (“ITA”) under the 
tax regime in Israel, was extended for the financial years 2022, 2023, 
2024, 2025 and 2026, subject to the Company complying with the 
conditions of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital 
Investments, 5719-1959 (“Investment Law”). Consequently, the 
Company’s corporate tax rate for each of these years will be 
reduced from 23% to 12% and the withholding tax rate applicable 
for dividends will be reduced from 25% to 20%, subject to the 
Company complying with the conditions of the Investment Law. 
For further information, see notes 3 and 10 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 
Balance sheet and cash generation 
As of 31 December 2024, total assets on the Group’s balance sheet 
were $991.8m (FY 2023: $1,004.7m), with equity of $644.3m (FY 2023: 
$699.8m), representing approximately 65% of the balance sheet 
(FY 2023: approximately 70%). The Group has remained debt-free 
since inception, and had a cash and cash equivalents balance at 
the end of FY 2024 of $890.0m (FY 2023: $906.7m). 
This robust financial position is supported on an ongoing basis by 
the Group’s technology-enabled, cash generative business model 
and lean cost base which allows the Group to invest in its people 
and its capabilities with a focus on medium- to long-term returns. 
Operational overview
The Group delivered a strong operational and trading performance 
against its key metrics during FY 2024, enabled by its continued 
focus on attracting and retaining higher value customers. 
The Group onboarded a total of 118,010 New Customers during the 
year (FY 2023: 90,944), equating to an increase of 30% year-on-year, 
reflecting its investment in its multi-channel approach to customer 
acquisition. This improved performance also reflects the expansion 
of the Group’s businesses in the US futures market and wider 
strategic investments in its technological marketing capabilities. 
Customer deposits grew once again during the year, with the 
Average Deposit per Active Customer reaching approximately 
$12,000 (FY 2023: approximately $10,300), highlighting the level of 
confidence that customers have in Plus500 and the Group’s 
ongoing focus on higher value customers. Total customer deposits 
in FY 2024 increased to $3.0bn (FY 2023: $2.4bn), which are both 
record levels for Plus500.
The number of Active Customers during FY 2024 increased by 9% 
to 254,138 (FY 2023: 233,037), thanks to the Group’s customer 
retention, monetisation and activation technologies.
ARPU reached an annualised level of $3,023 in FY 2024 (FY 2023: 
$3,116), which highlighted the depth of the Group’s product offering, 
the high-quality nature of its trading platforms and the benefits of 
its ongoing focus on its customer retention technologies.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  39
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

We will continue to invest in growth 
opportunities, both organically and 
inorganically, that align with the 
Group’s strategic roadmap 
objectives of market expansion, 
product growth and improved 
customer retention.”
Shareholder returns 
Since its IPO in 2013, Plus500 has returned approximately $2.5bn to 
shareholders through dividends and share buybacks, including 
the $200.0m announced in February 2025.
Plus500 has delivered a total return to shareholders of 
approximately 6,000% since it listed on the LSE in 2013 up to 
31 December 2024. This positioned Plus500 as the best performing 
share in the FTSE All-Share Index on a total return basis over that 
time frame, which is a remarkable achievement and another 
testament to the Group’s excellent track record of consistent 
outperformance.
The Company’s shareholder returns policy is to return at least 50% 
of net profits to shareholders through share buyback programmes 
and dividends on a half-yearly basis, with at least 50% of this 
distribution being made by way of share buybacks. The Board will 
also consider executing special share buybacks, or other 
distributions, on a half-yearly basis, dependent on fiscal year results 
as well as on investment and growth opportunities. This shareholder 
returns policy applies to net profits on a half-yearly basis and is 
based on a 23% corporate tax rate, for both interim and final 
distributions. 
The Company returned $345.2m to shareholders during FY 2024, 
comprising $195.0m in share buybacks and $150.2m in dividends. 
Plus500 announced additional shareholder returns of $200.0m in 
February 2025, comprising share buyback programmes of $110.0m 
and total dividends of $90.0m. These programmes commenced 
following the completion of the previous share buyback 
programme of $110.0m, which was announced on 19 August 2024.
These new shareholder returns emphasise the Board’s continued 
confidence in the prospects for Plus500 and reflect the extremely 
robust financial position of the Group. 
Presentation of currencies 
The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in US dollars, 
which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. Foreign 
currency transactions and balances in currencies different from 
the US dollar are translated into the US dollar.
Elad Even-Chen
Group Chief Financial Officer
23 March 2025
Group Tax Policy
The Group actively seeks to comply with both the spirit and 
the letter of all relevant taxation laws and regulations where it 
operates, and it is committed to a transparent and open 
approach to reporting on tax. The Group’s policy is to file all tax 
returns on time, and to pay tax as it falls due. The Group has a 
low risk tolerance for uncertain tax positions in the jurisdictions 
in which it operates and does not undertake any aggressive 
or unreasonable tax planning schemes for the purpose of tax 
avoidance, and broadly aims to align tax payments to revenue 
generation. The Group does not knowingly help others avoid 
their tax obligations.
During FY 2020, Plus500 Ltd. became one of the first companies 
to receive approval from both the ITA and the Israeli Innovation 
Authority (“IIA”) under the new tax regime in Israel, recognising 
the Company as a PTE and as “an enterprise which promotes 
innovation”. At the beginning of July 2020, Plus500 Ltd. received 
an approval from the IIA that, together with the tax ruling 
received from the ITA in May 2019, recognises Plus500 Ltd. as a 
PTE. In January 2022, the Company’s status as a PTE, as 
accredited by the ITA under the tax regime in Israel, was 
extended for the financial years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 
2026. Consequently, the Company’s corporate tax rate for 
each of these years will be reduced from 23% to 12% and the 
withholding tax rate applicable for dividends will be reduced 
from 25% to 20% subject to the Company complying with the 
conditions of the Investment Law. Also see note 3 and note 10 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
All intra-Group transactions are required to be priced on an 
arm’s-length basis in accordance with the Group’s internal 
transfer pricing policies which reflect internationally accepted 
transfer pricing standards and local tax laws, which are also 
approved by leading international accounting firms. Taxation 
is a regular agenda item for the Audit Committee, which meets 
at least four times a year, and reports to the Board. Tax 
compliance risks are managed through the Group’s 
Governance Framework, overseen by its Audit Committee, 
and supported by the Group Chief Financial Officer.
GROUP CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER REVIEW CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  40
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  41
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
A rigorous risk framework
Assessing and managing our risks
The Group maintains a robust, customer-centric approach to the 
management and control of risks, which is fully embedded within 
the Group’s technology and its day-to-day operating procedures.
Furthermore, the Group has a comprehensive risk mitigation plan, 
which helps to control exposures and provide robust solutions. This 
plan includes a range of measures, such as corporate policies, 
operating rules, systematic reporting, external audits, internal 
audits, self-assessment and continuous monitoring by the 
Regulatory & Risk Committee, the Board and the Executive 
Management.
Risk Management Framework
The financial, market and regulatory environments in which Plus500 
operates inherently expose it to a number of strategic, financial, 
operational, regulatory and ESG-related risks. The Group recognises 
the importance of understanding and managing these risks and 
has determined levels of risk that it believes are efficient. Policies 
and procedures have been developed within a robust risk 
management framework that attempts to minimise various risks, 
including market risk.
The Group aims to ensure its risk exposures are aligned with its risk 
appetite across its product portfolio. This is supported by real-time 
monitoring technology which is embedded in the Group’s trading 
platforms. The Group continues to test a more holistic, automated 
hedging capability and will provide information on this approach, 
if and when it is implemented. 
This overall approach aligns the Group’s interests with its customers, 
with a particular focus on customer care and protection and 
customer experience, helping to deliver a more stable revenue 
stream over time, given the consequently lower level of top-line 
volatility. The Group continues to expect that revenue contribution 
from Customer Trading Performance will be broadly neutral 
over time.
Plus500 monitors trading levels and exposure limits (for example 
by customer, instrument and asset class), and credit risk is limited 
by having all OTC customers’ accounts pre-funded. The Group also 
offers negative balance protection and a margin close-out policy 
to all of its OTC customers on a global basis.
Governance
The role of the Board
The Board is ultimately responsible for the risk strategy, having 
developed a Risk Management Framework, which is regularly 
reviewed and assessed by the Board, particularly with regards to 
principal and emerging risks.
The Board believes that the robust, technology-driven 
risk management systems of the Group are a key competitive 
strength and an important factor in its revenue generation. The 
implementation of the risk strategy is delegated to management 
under the more detailed supervision of the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee.
The role of the Regulatory & Risk Committee 
The Regulatory & Risk Committee receives updates from 
management on risk, compliance and regulatory issues and 
reviews the related internal systems. This Committee also receives 
monthly reporting packages relating to risk and compliance.
The Regulatory & Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing 
relationships with the regulatory authorities and reviewing the 
adequacy and quality of the Group’s systems and procedures for 
compliance with relevant regulatory requirements where the Group 
is regulated and in other jurisdictions where the Group has a 
significant market presence. The Regulatory & Risk Committee also 
has responsibility for reviewing the Group’s most significant risks 
to the achievement of strategic objectives and reviewing the 
Group’s risk management policy.
Lines of defence
Within the Risk Governance Framework, three lines of defence are 
created through:
	
+ Front-line risk management processes;
	
+ Regulatory compliance; and
	
+ Independent assurance provided by internal audit.
First line of defence
The first line of defence consists of front-line risk management 
processes operated within the day-to-day trading activities of the 
Group’s business.
There are three elements to the management of day-to-day OTC 
trading risk:
a.	 Financial Risk Limitation Policies
	
The Group has developed proprietary risk management systems 
that incorporate various real-time financial risk limits.
b.	 Trading Limits
	
i. Customer limits
	
Monetary limits are placed on a customer’s:
	
(a) Exposure to any single instrument;
	
(b) Aggregate open positions as a whole; and
	
(c) Aggregate deposit amounts.
	
Customer limits are determined with reference to, among other 
things, a customer’s credit score, trading history, location and 
other due diligence results.
	
ii. Group limits
	
Monetary limits are also placed on the Group’s exposure to 
individual instruments. These limits are set according to, among 
other things, the asset class, the size, the liquidity and the beta 
(volatility) of the underlying instrument. In each case, when these 
limits are reached on our trading platforms, it automatically 
ceases to accept new trades from the relevant individual or on 
the underlying instrument until exposure levels fall below the 
relevant threshold(s) or threshold(s) are reviewed and amended.
c.	 Hedging
	
To further manage risk, the Group has a hedging approach in 
place, including targeted hedging in certain circumstances. 
This approach would, in extremis, mitigate exposure of the Group 
as a whole beyond certain thresholds. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  42
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Second line of defence
A strong compliance function is in place in all of the Group’s 
regulated subsidiaries. The Board continues to develop the Group’s 
compliance policies in-line with each of the regulatory 
environments in which the Group’s product offerings are available.
Third line of defence
The third line of defence, independent assurance, is provided by 
internal audit.
The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, 
the Company’s compliance with relevant law and orderly business 
procedures. In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law 5759-
1999 (the “Companies Law”), the internal auditor is appointed by 
the Board on the recommendation of the Audit Committee, which 
also oversees the internal auditor’s work plan, monitors its activities 
and assesses its performance. Pursuant to the Companies Law, 
the internal auditor may not be: (1) a person who holds more than 
5% of the Company’s outstanding shares or voting rights; (2) a 
person who has the power to appoint a Board member or the Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company; (3) an officer or Board member 
of the Company; (4) a relative of any person described above; or 
(5) a member of the Company’s independent accounting firm, or 
anyone acting on its behalf.
In 2022, the Board appointed Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer 
(EY Israel), a member firm of Ernst & Young, as the Company’s 
internal auditor.
Compliance with relevant regulations is also provided by local 
advisors in the main territories that the Group operates in, and 
advice on the regulatory regime is considered when planning new 
licence applications or sourcing acquisitions.
Internal controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems of 
internal control and for monitoring their effectiveness. Although no 
system of internal control can provide absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, the Group’s systems are designed 
to provide the Board with reasonable assurance that issues are 
identified on a timely basis and dealt with appropriately.
The Group’s key internal financial control procedures include:
	
+ A review by the Board of actual results compared with budget 
and forecasts;
	
+ Reviews by the Board of year-end forecasts;
	
+ The establishment of procedures for acquisitions, capital 
expenditure and expenditure incurred in the ordinary course of 
business;
	
+ The appraisal and approval of proposed acquisitions outside 
of the ordinary course of business by the Board;
	
+ The detailed budgeting and monitoring of costs incurred in the 
development of new products;
	
+ A review of day-to-day management controls and test of 
operating effectiveness of key controls;
	
+ An annual review of the internal controls system;
	
+ A regular review of risk limits, with a view to conducting targeted 
hedging to reduce market risk, as and when appropriate;
	
+ The reporting to, and review by, the Board on changes in 
legislation, regulatory requirements and practices within the 
sector, as well as accounting, regulatory and legal 
developments pertinent to the Group; and
	
+ The appointment of experienced and suitably qualified staff to 
take responsibility for key business functions to ensure 
maintenance of high standards of performance.
Risk assessment and review
The Board confirms that it has completed a robust assessment of 
the Company’s principal and emerging risks. The Board continues 
to assess emerging risks but has not identified any emerging risks 
that were not already captured as principal risks through the 
Group’s comprehensive risk assessment process, carried out in 
FY 2024, in accordance with Provision 28 of the Code. Principal risks 
are considered those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity. These are outlined below and 
further details of financial risks and their management are set out 
in note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
The comprehensive risk assessment process identified certain 
risks which were narrowed down into major risks monitored by the 
Executive Management and the Regulatory & Risk Committee, then 
further consolidated into ten principal risks closely monitored by 
the Board. 
Throughout FY 2024 and up to the date of this Annual Report, the 
Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls system. As a result of this review, the Board considers that 
the measures that have been, or are planned to be, implemented, 
complement the Group’s risk management framework and are 
appropriate to the Group’s circumstances. The measures cover all 
controls, including financial and operational controls and 
compliance with relevant laws and regulations.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  43
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

RISK
DESCRIPTION
MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION
BUSINESS AND STRATEGIC RISKS
Legal and 
jurisdictional risk
The risk that changes in the legal and regulatory 
frameworks in which the Group currently operates 
could adversely affect its performance
	
+ Diversification of jurisdictions in which the Group’s product 
offerings are available 
	
+ Ongoing monitoring of legal and regulatory developments 
and taking necessary actions to remain compliant with any 
changes to applicable legal or regulatory frameworks
Regulatory risk
Regulatory changes could result in one or more 
of the Group’s product offerings becoming less 
profitable, restrictions on the products’ marketing, 
or a ban on the product offerings in one or more 
of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates
	
+ Ongoing monitoring of market and regulatory sentiment, 
developments and advice from compliance functions on 
actual and possible future changes and taking remedial 
action
	
+ Maintaining an open and robust dialogue with regulators
	
+ Continuing to make efforts and investment to diversify the 
Group’s product portfolio and broaden its geographic 
footprint
Customer care 
and protection 
risk
The risk that a lack of customer care and 
protection could negatively impact customer 
welfare, particularly in relation to compliance with 
relevant regulations on these issues
	
+ Continued efforts to educate and inform customers of the 
inherent potential risks involved in trading, through required 
risk disclosures, educational features and by offering an 
unlimited and free demo account for OTC and ‘Plus500 
Futures’ customers
	
+ Negative balance protection has been an ongoing feature 
of the Plus500 OTC platform since inception. This guarantees 
that maximum losses of all customers are limited to the 
amount within their account
	
+ Other risk management features, including margin close-out 
policy, are also embedded within Plus500’s technology
	
+ ‘Trading Academy’ and ‘+Insights’ to provide customers with 
valuable information
	
+ Assessment of potential customers prior to and during the 
completion of the onboarding process 
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  44
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

RISK
DESCRIPTION
MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION
FINANCIAL RISKS
Business risk
The risk of a commercially adverse impact on the 
business resulting from:
	
+ The Group’s strategic decision-making failing 
to seize business opportunities or react to 
changes in the market. This risk may result in 
damage or loss, financial or otherwise, to the 
Group as a whole
	
+ The risk that a third-party organisation on 
which the Group relies significantly will 
inadequately provide or fail to deliver its 
outsourced activities or contractual 
obligations to the standard required
	
+ Robust governance, challenge and oversight
	
+ Managing the Group in-line with the agreed strategy, policies, 
risk appetite and periodic reviews of such assumptions 
compared to developments in the markets, business and 
regulation
	
+ Developing redundancies for material services provided by 
third parties by having secondary providers and alert 
systems, as well as automated processes to operate 
redundancies
	
+ Due diligence performed on service providers
	
+ Service level agreements in place and regular monitoring of 
performance
	
+ Input from best-in-class advisors involved in decision-making 
processes of strategic developments and initiatives
Market risk
The risk of exposure to the market
Market risk is mainly comprised of the following 
factors:
	
+ Price movements
	
+ Foreign currency exposures
	
+ The Group manages market risk by balancing natural 
hedging and the Group’s risk tolerance. Market risk is 
mitigated by:
	
– The Group’s proprietary technology platforms which 
enable real-time position monitoring and alerts to help 
the Group constantly manage market exposure and adjust 
its controls
	
– Defining daily/weekly/monthly Group market risk limits for 
each financial market or instrument
	
– If predetermined limits are exceeded, the Group takes 
appropriate actions to reduce exposure
	
– Targeted hedging is conducted on a limited basis, as 
appropriate
Credit risk
The risk of clients or counterparties failing to fulfil 
contractual obligations and/or settlements 
resulting in financial loss, specifically:
Client credit risk:
Leveraged trading in the OTC business can result 
in client trading losses exceeding available funds 
in their account (mainly due to sharp market 
movements); such losses are absorbed by the 
Group (negative balance protection has always 
been offered to all the Group’s OTC customers, in 
all markets and across all underlying assets)
Institutional credit risk:
The risk that financial counterparties will not meet 
their obligations, risking both client and Group 
assets
Client credit risk:
For retail customers, the Group has a “no credit” policy in which 
OTC customers can only fund their accounts from their own 
resources, with all accounts being pre-funded. Customers can 
set a wide range of loss risk mitigation tools such as alerts and 
stops features
Institutional credit risk:
The Group engages only with prominent, highly ranked and 
well-established financial institutions for the holding of its own 
assets and in order to meet its regulatory obligations to 
safeguard client money in segregated accounts. The Group 
periodically reviews its engagements with such financial 
institutions to make sure they continue to operate within the 
applicable standards and also diversify the Group’s assets 
across those financial institutions to reduce risk
Liquidity risk
The risk that there is insufficient available liquidity 
to meet the financial liabilities of the Group
The Group utilises liquidity forecasts to identify potential risks. 
These forecasts incorporate the impact of all applicable liquidity 
regulations in force in each jurisdiction and other hindrances to 
the free movement of liquidity around the Group. Key issues 
affecting the Group’s liquidity are discussed by the Board
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  45
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

RISK
DESCRIPTION
MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Operational risk
The risk of enduring losses resulting from 
inadequate or failed internal processes due to 
people, failed technology deployment, adoption 
and innovation, external events (such as natural 
disasters, major utilities or infrastructure failure, 
etc.), or the inability to attract and maintain 
competent staff which the Group requires for 
operational purposes
	
+ Business and regulatory sign-off of processes and 
procedures to ensure business efficiency and regulatory 
compliance
	
+ Invest in system development to improve process automation
	
+ Monitoring, quality checks and robust analysis of 
performance to identify errors, inefficiencies, underlying 
causes and mitigation plans
	
+ Centralised operations – to enable rapid implementation of 
business innovation, adjustments to business and regulatory 
changes, monitoring and maintaining high standards and 
cost-efficient structure
	
+ Centralised technical operations, to ensure Group-wide 
monitoring, issue handling and analysis
	
+ Unified IT strategy focused on performance and growth
	
+ Continuous development efforts towards operational risk 
framework to ensure risk recognition and timely control
	
+ Recruitment of highly competent employees and 
development of employee retention programmes, with 
enhanced staff training and oversight
	
+ The Group has a clear business continuity plan, ensuring 
quick recovery and cover for both IT and operational aspects 
(connectivity, Distributed DoS Attacks, unresponsiveness of 
server, etc., as well as external events) and each one has an 
emergency plan and contacts in place
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  46
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

RISK
DESCRIPTION
MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION
OPERATIONAL RISKS CONTINUED
Information and 
data security risk
The risk of loss of technology services caused by 
network disruption and loss of systems, data and 
failure to restore services of a third-party in a 
timely manner resulting in the Group’s inability to 
offer its services 
The risk of loss or misuse of individuals’ personal 
information provided to the Group
	
+ Operate multi-layered delivery, security and mitigation 
solutions
	
+ Continuous investment in increased functionality, scalability, 
capacity and responsiveness of systems to monitor, react 
and prevent cyber attacks
	
+ Continuous real-time monitoring of incoming and outgoing 
network activity
	
+ Constant monitoring of systems performance and controls
	
+ Selective software design methodologies and testing 
regimes
	
+ A robust Group IT policy that sets out strategic, stability, 
security and performance standards as well as backup 
processes to enable service availability in the event of failures 
	
+ Privacy as culture – creating awareness among employees 
of privacy-related matters including proper use of personal 
information, protection of such information and loss 
prevention
	
+ Dedicated cyber security training for all global employees 
and the Board
	
+ Robust privacy-oriented compliance programme to ensure 
compliance with relevant data privacy regulations
Climate-related 
risk
Complete or partial prevention of maintaining the 
Group’s ongoing operations and the provisions 
of services to its customers (e.g., due to office 
premises unavailability, systems connectivity 
downtime, data centre disaster, etc.) as a result 
of a natural disaster (e.g., earthquake, flood), fire 
or any other external factors
	
+ Plus500 has a Disaster Recovery site supported by a database 
which is updated in real time
	
+ The Group’s headquarters are equipped with an emergency 
generator that would be automatically activated in the event 
of a power outage and has facility uninterruptable power 
supply units that would be automatically activated if the 
emergency generator fails
	
+ “Work From Home” mode – employees are assigned with 
equipment and connectivity, so that there will not be any 
interruptions to working activity in the event of office 
unavailability
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  47
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT
Going Concern and  
Viability Statement
Going Concern
Having given due consideration to the nature of the Group’s 
business, the Group’s budget, liquidity resources and cash flow 
forecasts for the period of three years ending 31 December 2027, 
taking into account the Group’s anticipated investment 
commitments and working capital requirements, the Board 
considers that the Company and the Group as a whole are a going 
concern and the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared 
on that basis.
This treatment reflects the reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in business for over a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the consideration of the various risks set 
out on pages 44 to 47 and the financial risks described in note 25 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Viability Statement
In accordance with Provision 31 of the Code, the Board has 
considered the Group’s current financial position and future 
prospects, its strategy, risk appetite and the potential impact of the 
principal risks and how these are managed. It has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year 
assessment ending 31 December 2027.
The Directors confirm that they have performed a robust 
assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group 
as detailed on pages 44 to 47, including those that will threaten its 
business model, future performance and liquidity.
In reaching this conclusion, both the prospects and viability 
considerations have been assessed:
Prospects
	
+ The Group’s current financial position is outlined in the Strategic 
Report.
	
+ The Group’s business model: despite regulatory changes in a 
number of jurisdictions, the core of the current strategy remains 
in place and continues to demonstrate sufficient cash 
generation to support operations. In addition, we believe the 
Group will continue to be viable beyond the three years as 
mentioned above, in accordance with our business model.
	
+ Assessment of prospects and assumptions: conservative 
expectations of future business prospects through delivery of 
the Group strategy as presented to the Board through the 
budget approval process. The annual budget approval process 
consists of a detailed bottom-up process with a 12-month 
outlook which involves input from all relevant functional and 
regional heads. The process includes a collection of resource 
assumptions required to deliver the Group strategy and 
associated revenue impacts with consideration of key risks. This 
is used in conjunction with external assumptions such as: a 
region-by-region review of the regulatory environment and 
incorporation of any anticipated regulatory changes as outlined 
in the Strategic Report, to revenue modelling, market volatility, 
interest rates and industry growth which materially impact the 
business.  
The budget is used to set targets across the Group. 
The budgeting process also covers liquidity and capital planning 
and, in addition to the granular budget, a three-year outlook is 
prepared using assumptions on industry growth, the effects of 
regulatory changes, revenue growth from strategic initiatives 
and cost growth required to support initiatives. The budget was 
reviewed by the Board in October 2024 and in November 2024 
and received final approval in November 2024.
	
+ Ongoing review and monitoring of risks: these are outlined in 
the Group’s Risk Management Framework on pages 44 to 47 of 
this Annual Report and are monitored monthly by management, 
with review and challenge from the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee. Based on the various scenarios tested, the 
Company has sufficient liquidity and headroom to operate its 
business.
Viability
Scenario stress testing of available liquidity and capital adequacy 
are central to understanding the Group’s viability. This testing 
replicates adverse market conditions and regulatory change, and 
is therefore considered in the Group’s Individual Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process and Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment 
documents, which are shared with our regulators on request. The 
results of the scenario stress testing showed that, due to the robust 
nature of the business, the Group would be able to withstand these 
scenarios, both in isolation and combined scenarios, over the 
financial planning period by taking management actions that 
have been identified.
The Board has considered that three years is an appropriate period 
over which to provide a viability statement, as this is the longest 
period over which the Board reviews the success of strategic 
opportunities. This timeline is also aligned with the period over 
which internal stress testing occurs. The Board has no reason to 
believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer period, but 
given the uncertainty involved, in particular of regulatory changes, 
the Board believes this period presents the readers of the Annual 
Report with a reasonable degree of confidence.
The Group also monitors performance against predefined budget 
expectations and risk indicators, along with strategic progress 
updates, allowing management action to be taken where required, 
including the assessment of new opportunities.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  48
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

CONTENTS
Governance at a Glance 
50
Chair’s Introduction to Governance
52
UK Corporate Governance Code  
Compliance Statement
53
Board of Directors
54
Governance Report
58
Shareholder Engagement
64
Report of the Nomination Committee
65
Report of the Audit Committee
70
Report of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
77
Report of the ESG Committee
80
Report of the Remuneration Committee
83
Directors’ Remuneration Report
90
Directors’ Report
100
Corporate Law
102
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
104
Governance
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  49
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

2
5
Female
Male
5
2
Independent Directors 
(including Chair)
Non-Independent Directors 
4
2
1
3-6 years
6+ years
0-3 years
5
2
Ethnically diverse
White
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
Governance highlights
2
General meetings 
in FY 2024
5
Board training 
sessions in FY 2024
7
Board members 
6
Board 
Committees:
Audit, Remuneration, ESG, 
Regulatory & Risk, 
Nomination and 
Disclosure
Read more about key activities of the Board on page 59
Over the last four years, under the stewardship of its Chair, Prof. 
Jacob A. Frenkel, Plus500 has continued to strengthen its 
governance framework. Corporate governance remained a major 
area of focus for Plus500 in FY 2024, which ensures Plus500 has 
a solid governance foundation from which to deliver its strategic 
roadmap and drive further value for its shareholders in the 
coming years.
Key activities of the Board in 2024
	
+ Strategic discussions relating to further developing the Group’s 
position as a global multi-asset fintech group and expanding 
its product offering and geographic footprint, including in the 
US futures market, as well as the high-growth UAE market. 
	
+ Review, discussions and approval of results announcements, 
trading updates, and other market updates as applicable, as 
well as notice of general meetings.
	
+ Review of monthly updates, including: CEO KPIs reports; CFO 
reports on financial performance and business development 
updates; risk reports; and regulatory, compliance and AML 
reports.
	
+ Conduction of an internal effectiveness evaluation of the Board 
and its Audit Committee, following an internal evaluation in 2023 
and an independent third-party evaluation held in 2022.
	
+ Deep-dive training and workshops on various operational 
matters.
	
+ Monitoring and reviewing the Group’s culture, values and 
performance, through regular discussions with the Executive 
Directors, senior management and their teams and through 
the workforce engagement representative on the Board who 
held round table sessions with employees of the Group.
Board key stats 
As of the date of this Annual Report
Board gender 
diversity*
Board 
independence
Board tenure
Board ethnicity
Governance in numbers 
As at the date of this Annual Report
*	As at 31 December 2024 the Board comprised 3 female 
Directors (out of 8 Directors).
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  50
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Board skills and experience  
Number of Board members with relevant skills and experience
Audit and risk management
7
Capital raising, mergers, acquisitions, investment and transactions
5
Compliance and regulation
6
Digital technology
4
ESG
6
5
Finance, banking, financial services and fund management
3
Marketing
4
Shareholder relations
6
Innovation
5
Enterprise risk management
Operation of the Board 
The Board holds meetings in accordance with its pre-scheduled 
calendar. Each Board meeting is preceded by a clear agenda 
and any relevant information and background materials are 
provided to the Directors in advance of the meeting. The Board met 
on nine occasions in 2024 to review, formulate, discuss and approve 
the Group’s strategy and roadmap, budgets and corporate actions 
and to oversee the Group’s progress towards its goals. The Board 
also receives updates on operational, financial, risk and 
regulatory and other business matters, on a regular basis or 
whenever necessary.
Read more on page 60
Board committees
In order to assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities, the 
Board has constituted six principal Committees to which certain 
aspects of the Board’s work are delegated: Audit, Remuneration, 
ESG, Regulatory & Risk, Nomination and Disclosure. Each Committee 
has adopted its own terms of reference, approved by the Board, 
and established an annual agenda and working plan.
Read more on page 58
Board changes
Daniel King was elected at the EGM held on 8 January 2024 for a 
three-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director and 
External Director, commencing 19 June 2024. Accordingly, he joined 
the Board as of that date. 
Anne Grim was elected at the EGM held on 8 January 2024 for a 
one-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director, with 
immediate effect. She completed her term on 7 January 2025 and 
subsequently stepped down from the Board on that date.
Board effectiveness evaluation
During the year, led by the Chair and the Company Secretary, an 
internal Board effectiveness evaluation was conducted, following 
an internal evaluation held in 2023 and an independent third-party 
evaluation facilitated in 2022, in accordance with Provision 21 of the 
Code which recommends that FTSE 350 companies should 
consider having an external evaluation once every three years. 
As part of this process, Board members were requested to 
complete questionnaires and to evaluate the performance of the 
Board and its Audit Committee, as well as the performance of the 
Chair. These questionnaires were developed by the Chair and the 
Company Secretary, taking into consideration the Financial 
Reporting Council’s Guidance on Board Effectiveness, as well as 
the findings of the 2023 internal evaluation and the 2022 
independent third-party evaluation.
The Company expects to have its next independent third-party 
Board evaluation in 2025.
Read more on pages 62 to 63
Board training and development
In order to further develop the Board’s understanding and 
awareness of the business and its future prospects, all Board 
members receive updates on changes and developments in the 
business and the environment and territories in which the Group 
operates, on a regular basis. 
During the year, Board members attended training sessions on 
various areas, including fintech, UK regulation, the US futures market, 
data protection and privacy matters, Market Abuse Regulation and 
the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code. In addition, the Board 
members have gone through in-depth training sessions and 
workshops on various operational aspects.
In-line with Plus500’s continued growth as a global multi-asset 
fintech group, and in order to appropriately govern and manage 
the future development of the business, a further comprehensive 
Board training plan for 2025 was adopted.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  51
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Dear Shareholder
Having served as Chair of Plus500 for four years now, I welcome 
this opportunity to give you an overview of the work of our Board 
during 2024. We continued to review and assess the various aspects 
of our business, including corporate governance, shareholder 
engagement, customer care and satisfaction, as well as 
sustainability and remuneration. 
Corporate governance and Board diversification remained a key 
theme for the Board during 2024. At our Extraordinary General 
Meeting (“EGM”), held in January 2024, our shareholders approved 
the appointment of Ms. Tami Gottlieb for a second three-year term 
as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director, 
commencing March 2024 and the appointment of Mr. Daniel King 
as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director 
for a three-year term, commencing June 2024. Daniel and Tami’s 
combined experience and expertise are invaluable for Plus500 as 
we look to continue to grow our business and broaden the Board’s 
breadth of experience and knowledge. 
In January 2025, Ms. Anne Grim stepped down from the Board upon 
the completion of her term. Anne served on our Board since 2020 
and I would like to thank Anne for her contribution over the years. 
Her guidance, support and advice were very much appreciated 
by our Board.
To further develop our Board’s understanding, knowledge and 
awareness of the business and its future prospects, all Board 
members receive updates on changes and developments in the 
business as well as the environment and territories in which the 
Group operates, on a regular basis.
Ahead of the effectiveness of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the “2024 Code”), that will apply to the Company for the 
financial year beginning on 1 January 2025, the Board has received 
training from its external legal counsel on the reforms and on 
broader governance updates. The Board will continue to discuss 
and assess any additional developments related to the 2024 Code.
During the year, the Board continued to prioritise matters of 
corporate governance, our ESG priorities and our strategic 
endeavours. We also monitored and responded to developments 
in corporate governance best practice, including the 2024 Code.
Consistent with Plus500’s commitment to maintaining ongoing, 
transparent dialogue with all stakeholders, shareholder 
engagement remained highly important to us. In 2024, our CEO, 
CFO, Head of Investor Relations and myself, held a series of in-
person meetings with key shareholders, who together represented 
a significant percentage of the Company’s shareholder register. 
In these meetings, we discussed the governance framework at 
Plus500, its evolution and how the skill set of our Non-Executive 
Directors complement one another for the benefit of the Group’s 
long-term strategy and performance. I believe the feedback 
received from shareholders was supportive and I am grateful for 
this opportunity to engage with our shareholders. Further such 
governance meetings are planned for 2025 as part of our regular 
engagement with our shareholders, to ensure we keep representing 
the best interests of our investors. 
Also, in 2024, we continued to dedicate considerable time to 
evaluate the effectiveness of the work of our Board and its Audit 
Committee. As previously noted, during 2022 we undertook an 
independent third-party review by Nasdaq Governance Solutions. 
This was a valuable exercise which, together with having an 
additional internal review in 2023, resulted in a number of important 
insights and recommendations which were implemented during 
the course of 2024.
As detailed below, and as detailed further in the independent 
reports of each of our Board Committees, the Committees have 
continued to assist the Board with reviewing, monitoring and 
promoting high standards of corporate governance. During 2024, 
we approved several rotations to the Committees’ compositions, 
including rotations of some Committee chair roles, following 
changes made to the composition of the Board as a whole. 
The Nomination Committee, led by its Chair, Mr. Steve Baldwin, 
continues to review the relevant experience, knowledge and skill 
set needed for the Board, while always considering diversity (both 
gender and ethnic) and the importance of independent thinking 
and challenge. The Committee will also continue to regularly review 
the size of the Board so as to confirm that it is appropriate and able 
to maintain effective oversight of the executive team while 
providing sufficient constructive challenge and support. The 
Committee also dedicated time to discuss succession plans for 
the Board, the management and key personnel within the Group. 
The Committee also continued to discuss and consider the Board’s 
Chair’s introduction to 
governance
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
During the year, the Board continued to 
prioritise matters of corporate governance, 
our ESG priorities and our strategic 
endeavours. We also monitored and 
responded to developments in corporate 
governance best practice, including the 
2024 Code.”
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair of the Board
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  52
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

ethnic diversity and concluded that the Board is sufficiently diverse, 
given the mixed ethnic background of certain Board members. 
In 2024, we continued to oversee the principal and emerging risks, 
including business, financial, strategic and operational challenges 
facing the Group. The Regulatory & Risk Committee, led by its Chair, 
Prof. Varda Liberman, continued to review these risks and received 
assurance from the management team and the Group’s various 
advisors as to how they are understood and mitigated to the level 
of risk acceptable to the Board. During the year, the Regulatory & 
Risk Committee has monitored upcoming regulatory changes 
that have arisen. 
The Audit Committee, led by its Chair, Ms. Tami Gottlieb, continues 
its dedicated work overseeing the internal controls of the business 
as well as the internal audit plan and its implementation. Also, 
during the year, the Audit Committee went through an internal 
evaluation of its effectiveness, to complement the independent 
third-party evaluation conducted in 2022 and the internal 
evaluation of 2023.
During the year, the Board has continued to develop and strengthen 
the Group’s ESG framework, led by its ESG Committee, to further 
assess the Group’s priorities and risks in the continually developing 
area of ESG. Chaired by Mr. Steve Baldwin, who also serves as the 
Board’s designated Non-Executive Director dedicated to workforce 
engagement, the Committee dedicated time to discuss various 
ESG-related matters, including customer care, employee 
satisfaction and diversity across the Group. Also, and supported 
by the ESG internal working group, alongside external ESG advisors, 
the Committee reviewed Plus500’s Environmental Policy and made 
sure we continue to be aligned with the TCFD recommendations. 
Further details are available in our ESG Report, TCFD Report and in 
the Report of the ESG Committee. 
The Remuneration Committee, led by its Chair, Mr. Daniel King, 
continued to monitor all areas of remuneration, including Non-
Executive Directors’ and Executive Directors’ remuneration, and 
ensured alignment with the Company’s Remuneration Policy for 
Directors and Executives for the years 2024-2026, as approved at 
the Company’s 2023 AGM, held on 2 May 2023. As Executive 
remuneration remains a significant area of focus for UK-listed 
companies, this Remuneration Policy, which took effect on 1 January 
2024, was developed following rigorous consultation with 
remuneration advisors, in conjunction with consultation with 
different shareholder advisory bodies and a number of 
shareholders. Further details can be found in the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee.
The Board has continued to be highly effective during 2024 in 
assessing the Group’s strategy and the progress made in this 
regard, as well as in reviewing key operational elements of the 
business. The Board remains very supportive of Executive 
Management in further establishing Plus500’s strategic position 
as a global multi-asset fintech group, through a clear focus on 
delivering growth and innovation, supported also by organic 
investments and targeted acquisitions. 
This strategy is key to the Group’s future success and has continued 
to drive the diversification of the Group’s revenue streams, product 
range and geographic footprint. It has also enabled the Group’s 
reinforced financial position.
Last but not least, and on behalf of all Board members, I would like 
to reiterate our deep gratitude to all of our talented management 
and employees across our various operations around the world. 
Your dedicated work and excellent contribution to the Group’s culture, 
performance and great achievements during the year, are invaluable. 
I am glad that you are all part of the wonderful Plus500 family. 
The following Governance Report describes the activities of the 
Board and its Committees during 2024 in more detail. 
I look forward to reporting on the Board’s further progress in next 
year’s Annual Report.
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair of the Board
23 March 2025
UK Corporate Governance 
Code Compliance Statement
As a company admitted to the Equity Shares in Commercial 
Companies (“ESCC”) category of the Official List, and with 
respect to 2024, Plus500 is required to comply with the 
principles and provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the “Code”) (a copy of which can be found on the 
website of the Financial Reporting Council: www.frc.org.uk), or 
otherwise explain its reasons for non-compliance. 
The following statement is therefore made in respect of the 
year ended 31 December 2024 in compliance with this 
requirement and explains how the principles of the Code 
were applied.
As a company incorporated in Israel, Plus500 is subject to 
various mandatory corporate governance requirements under 
the Companies Law. The Company considers methods for 
being aligned with the Code’s provisions, which in some areas 
may contradict the Companies Law provisions, while also 
complying with the mandatory requirements stipulated under 
the Companies Law, as further detailed in this statement.
For the financial year ended 31 December 2024, the Company 
has complied with the provisions of the Code, other than in 
respect of the External Directors’ re-election mechanism 
(Provision 18 of the Code) and in relation to pay ratios and pay 
gaps (Provision 41 of the Code). While the Code recommends 
the submission of all directors for re-election annually, the 
Companies Law requires that, subject to certain reliefs, a public 
company must have at least two External Directors who meet 
certain statutory requirements of independence. The External 
Directors, as prescribed by the mandatory requirements of 
the Companies Law, must be elected for three-year terms and 
not annually as the Code recommends. 
While the Board is making efforts to fully comply with the 
Code,  it also seeks to uphold the highest corporate 
governance standards under the Companies Law. As a result, 
the Board currently consists of only two External Directors, 
which is the general requirement for an Israeli incorporated 
public company. 
Plus500 is not required to compile gender pay gaps and pay 
ratios under the Israeli legislation, whereas companies 
incorporated in the United Kingdom are required to do so under 
UK legislation.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  53
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair 
Tenure: 4 years  
(Appointed May 2021) 
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel is a Non‑Executive Director and Chair of 
the Board. 
Prof. Frenkel is a renowned global economist and illustrious business 
leader, with significant experience developed over many years of 
academic, business and policy leadership. He is Chairman Emeritus 
of the Group of Thirty (“G-30”), a private non-profit Consultative 
Group on International Economic and Monetary Affairs. 
Prof. Frenkel served as Chairman of JPMorgan Chase International 
(2009-2020), Chairman and CEO of the G-30 (2001-2011), Chairman 
of the Board of Trustees of the G-30 (2012-2022), Vice Chairman of 
American International Group, Inc. (2004-2009), Chairman of Merrill 
Lynch International (2000-2004), Chairman of the Board of the 
Inter-American Development Bank (1995-1996) and Vice Chairman 
of the Board of the European Bank for Reconstruction and 
Development (1999-2000). He also served as Chairman of the Board 
of Governors of Tel Aviv University (2013-2021) and Chairman of the 
Frenkel-Zuckerman Institute for Global Economics.
Prior to this, he served two terms as the Governor of the Bank of 
Israel (1991-2000), as the Economic Counsellor and Director of 
Research at the International Monetary Fund (1987-1991), having 
previously been Professor of Economics and the David Rockefeller 
Professor of International Economics at the University of Chicago 
(1973-1987). 
He is a Laureate of the Israel Prize in Economics and is a recipient 
of several Honorary Doctoral Degrees and other decorations and 
awards. He is an Honorary Member of the American Academy of 
Arts and Sciences, a Distinguished Fellow of the Center for Economic 
Policy Research (“CEPR”), a Fellow of the Econometric Society, a 
Fellow of the International Economic Association, a member of the 
board of the National Bureau of Economic Research (“NBER”), co-
Chair of the Competitive Markets Advisory Council of the CME Group, 
and a Global Member of the Trilateral Commission. Previously, he 
was a member of: the Economic Advisory Panel of the Federal 
Reserve Bank of New York; Temasek’s International Panel (“TIP”); the 
G20 Eminent Persons Group on Global Financial Governance; and 
the G20 High Level Independent Panel on Financing of the Global 
Commons for Pandemic Preparedness and Response. During 
2009-2019, he served on the Board of Directors of Boston Properties, 
and of Loews Corporation. 
Prof. Frenkel holds a BA in Economics and Political Science from the 
Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and an MA and Ph.D. in Economics 
from the University of Chicago.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Board of Directors
As at the date of this Annual Report
Committee 
Membership Key:
Nomination
Audit
Regulatory & Risk
Remuneration
ESG
Disclosure
Chair of the Committee
The Role of the Board
The business and affairs of the 
Company are managed under the 
direction of our Board of Directors. The 
Board is responsible for effective 
direction of the Company, for 
promoting its long-term success and 
determining the Group’s strategy, 
vision and culture. In order to lead the 
development of the Company’s 
strategy, the Board is provided with 
timely and comprehensive information 
that enables it to effectively review 
and monitor the performance of the 
Company and to ensure it is in-line 
with its objectives for achieving its 
strategic goals.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  54
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

David Zruia
Chief Executive Officer  
and Director
Tenure as a Director: 5 years  
(Appointed April 2020)  
At Plus500 since 2010
David Zruia is the Chief Executive Officer. 
David joined Plus500’s leadership team in 2010 as a senior manager 
in the Group’s marketing department. In that role, David was 
instrumental in establishing Plus500’s technology-based marketing 
capabilities and in building awareness of, and recognition for, the 
Plus500 brand in key strategic markets around the world, through 
a broad range of marketing initiatives and activities. 
He was appointed as the Group Chief Operations Officer in 2013 
and led the establishment and management of the operational 
division of the Group, including the implementation and 
development of ‘KYC’ processes, payments processing, back-office 
services, customer support and risk management.
In April 2020, David was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of 
Plus500. Since that time, under his leadership, Plus500 has 
developed a new strategic roadmap, which has been designed 
to diversify and grow the business as a global multi-asset fintech 
group. As part of this strategic roadmap, Plus500 has conducted 
its first ever acquisitions, in the US and Japan, thereby expanding 
the Group’s global footprint, broadening its product range and 
enabling access to a number of significant future growth 
opportunities for Plus500. 
David holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering and Management 
from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology.
Elad Even-Chen
Group Chief Financial Officer  
and Director
Tenure as a Director: 9 years  
(Appointed June 2016) 
At Plus500 since 2011
Elad Even-Chen is the Chief Financial Officer of the Group 
and Vice President of Business Development.
Elad joined Plus500’s leadership team in 2011 as Group VP of 
Business Development and Head of Risk Management. 
Elad’s responsibilities cover a broad range of strategic, finance, 
business, corporate and legal functions.
Elad established the business development department which 
he is leading and managing. The business development 
department is responsible for the Group’s strategic investments 
and expansion plans into new and existing markets, through receipt 
of new regulatory licences across the globe, including by targeting 
and executing acquisitions. Under his leadership, the Group 
obtained 13 international regulatory licences and made three 
acquisitions in the US and Japan, representing the Group’s first 
M&A transactions. 
Elad has played a key role in driving the Group’s strategic and 
financial performance and its business expansion in recent years, 
into new markets and new product areas. 
Elad also leads the Group’s financial divisions and as the Group’s 
Chief Financial Officer he oversees the financial performance, 
including treasury, consolidated financial statements and 
tax matters.
Elad has an extensive corporate finance, legal and regulatory 
background. Over the last 14 years he has held a number of 
positions within the Group also acting as Company Secretary and 
Head of Investor Relations.
Elad is a certified accountant in Israel and, prior to joining the Group, 
was a senior associate at KPMG.
Elad holds a BA in Accounting and Economics from Tel Aviv 
University, an LL.B from the College of Management and an MBA 
(specialising in Financial Management) from Tel Aviv University.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  55
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Prof. Varda Liberman
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director 
Tenure: 3 years  
(Appointed March 2022)
Prof. Varda Liberman is a Non-Executive 
Director, the Senior Independent Director 
and Chair of the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee.
Prof. Liberman is an internationally 
renowned expert in the field of decision-
making and behavioural economics. In this 
capacity, she provides consulting and 
workshops in key elements of managerial 
decision-making and risk management to 
senior managements in organisations 
across a range of sectors, including 
healthcare, banking, investment, 
technology, hi-tech, the judicial system and 
the Israeli Defence Forces.
Prof. Liberman is one of the founders and 
leaders of Reichman University in Israel. She 
is a professor of the business school of 
Reichman University, a visiting researcher 
at Stanford University, and the author of 
several books and many scientific articles. 
Over the years, she has held a variety of 
managerial positions at Reichman 
University, among them heading the 
mathematics and statistics studies, leading 
the decision-making area in the business 
school, founding and heading the MBA 
programme in Healthcare Innovation, 
serving as the Vice Dean of the Business 
school, and up until recently as the Provost 
(Rector) of Reichman University. 
Prof. Liberman holds a B.Sc. in Mathematics 
and Statistics, an M.Sc. in Mathematics and 
a Ph.D. in Mathematics, all from Tel 
Aviv University.
Tami Gottlieb
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and External Director 
Tenure: 4 years  
(Appointed March 2021)
Tami Gottlieb is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Audit Committee. 
 
Tami has a long track record in the financial 
services industry in Israel. Until recently, 
Tami was an External Director at Bank Leumi 
Le-Israel B.M. – one of Israel’s two largest 
commercial banks, for nine years (the 
maximum continuous term allowed). Tami 
served as the Chair of the Audit and 
Financial Reports Committees for six years, 
and was a member of the Remuneration 
and Business & Credit & Resources 
Committees, having previously been on 
the Technology Committee and on the Risk 
Management Committee. 
Tami Gottlieb is also an Independent 
Director at Novolog (Pharm-Up 1966) Ltd, a 
Director at Emilia Development (O.F.G) Ltd 
and the Chairperson of Kibbutz Kfar Aza. 
Tami also serves on the Body of Trustees, 
the Board and the Finance Committee of 
the College of Management (“COLMAN”). 
She is also a founder and Co-Managing 
Director of Harvest Capital Markets Ltd, a 
wealth management and Investment 
Banking boutique firm.
Tami holds a BA in International Relations 
from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem 
and an MA in Economics from Indiana 
University, USA.
Committee 
Membership Key:
Nomination
Audit
Regulatory & Risk
Remuneration
ESG
Disclosure
Chair of the Committee
BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  56
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Daniel King
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and External Director 
Tenure: 1 year  
(Appointed June 2024)
Daniel King is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. 
Daniel has spent the last two decades in 
executive and senior management roles 
within technology corporates as well as 
start-ups as an operator, advisor and 
investor with a focus on fintech, 
e-commerce technology, Analytics, and 
SaaS platforms, for both B2B and B2C. He 
has extensive knowledge in investing, 
fundraising, and scaling high-growth 
companies, including international 
expansion.
Daniel is currently a Venture Partner with 
Seedcamp, one of Europe’s largest Venture 
Capital firms for early-stage funding. He is 
Chairman of eStoreMedia, a platform for 
e-commerce analytics for CPG brands, and 
also Chairman of Tailr, a deep fashion tech 
platform. Previously, he was Chairman at 
StitcherAds, a social commerce platform 
that was acquired by Kargo Inc. He was also 
President and COO for Profitero, a SaaS 
provider of online insights and e-commerce 
intelligence acquired by Publicis.
Daniel has been a specialist consultant to 
the UK Government, working for the 
Department of Investment and Trade (“DIT”) 
as Head of High Growth & Emerging Markets 
and he is an active angel investor with a 
broad remit of investments in the European 
technology space.
Daniel holds a Bachelor’s Degree (Hons) in 
Finance and Accounting from Manchester 
University.
Steve Baldwin
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Tenure: 8 years  
(Appointed June 2017)
Steve Baldwin is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Nomination and ESG 
Committees. 
Steve is currently the Chair of TruFin plc and 
is also a Non-Executive Director of The 
Edinburgh Investment Trust PLC. Steve has 
an extensive corporate finance background 
and held the position of Head of European 
Equity Capital Markets and Corporate 
Broking at Macquarie Capital until 2015, 
when he decided to pursue a non-
executive career. 
Prior to joining Macquarie Capital, Steve 
was a Corporate Finance Director at JP 
Morgan Cazenove for ten years and 
previously a Vice President of Corporate 
Finance at UBS. 
Steve qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
at Coopers & Lybrand in London after 
graduating with a BA in Zoology from St 
Catherine’s College, Oxford University.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  57
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Governance report
The Board
The Board maintains full control and direction over appropriate 
strategic, financial, organisational and compliance issues. The 
Company’s organisational structure has clearly defined lines of 
authority, responsibility and accountability, which are reviewed 
regularly. The annual budget and forecasts are reviewed by the 
Board prior to their approval. This includes the identification and 
assessment of the business risks inherent in the Group and the 
online financial trading industry as a whole, along with associated 
financial and regulatory risks. At least annually, and on other 
occasions as necessary, the Company’s senior executives are 
invited to attend meetings of the Board in order to present and 
discuss various matters relating to their functions and areas of 
responsibilities. 
Board activities during the year
The Board agrees at the end of each year the annual calendar and 
work plan for the following year. Additionally, the Board meets at 
such other times as necessary. The matters accepted by the Board 
for consideration at Board meetings are: business strategy, 
operational highlights and trading updates, budget and financial 
performance, governance, social, sustainability, organisational 
culture, risk, regulation and compliance. 
This is further detailed in the schedule of matters specifically 
reserved for decision by the full Board, which can be found on the 
Company’s website: www.plus500.com.
Board committees 
In order to assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities, the 
Board has appointed six principal Committees to which certain 
aspects of the Board’s work are delegated. Each Committee has 
adopted its own terms of reference, approved by the Board, and 
establishes an annual agenda and working plan. The full terms of 
reference of the Board’s Committees are available on the 
Company’s website. The Chair of each Committee provides regular 
updates to the Board on the matters discussed at the Committee’s 
meetings and provides the Committee’s recommendations to the 
Board, when required.
A brief description of the main roles of each of the Board 
Committees is set out below.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee has been delegated responsibility for 
the oversight of appointments to the Board and the senior 
management team. The Committee’s responsibilities, main 
activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle are set out on 
pages 65 to 69.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for 
ensuring that the financial performance of the Group is properly 
reported on and reviewed. The Audit Committee is also responsible 
for the monitoring of the external auditor, the internal auditor and 
oversight of internal controls. The Committee’s responsibilities, 
main activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle are set out 
on pages 70 to 76.
Regulatory & Risk Committee
The Regulatory & Risk Committee has been delegated responsibility 
for the monitoring and oversight of risk management and 
mitigation and the approval of the Group’s risk appetite. The 
Committee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the 
next reporting cycle are set out on pages 77 to 79.
ESG Committee
The ESG Committee has been delegated responsibility for 
considering and assessing the adequacy of the Group’s ESG-
related policies and processes related to environmental, social 
and governance aspects. It is also responsible for the TCFD 
disclosure of the Group. The Committee’s responsibilities, main 
activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle are set out on 
pages 80 to 82.
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee’s responsibilities, which are 
consistent with the Companies Law, include determining the 
Company’s remuneration policy for Directors and Executives, the 
remuneration packages of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, the Chair and other Non-Executive 
Directors, the Company Secretary and other senior Executives. The 
Committee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the 
next reporting cycle are set out on pages 83 to 89.
Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its obligation 
to make timely and accurate disclosure of all information that is 
required to be disclosed to meet legal and regulatory requirements 
and obligations under the UK Market Abuse Regulations and the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the FCA, including 
the requirement for the Company to establish and maintain 
adequate procedures, systems and controls to enable it to comply 
with these obligations. Whenever necessary, the Committee meets 
to discuss the content of announcements proposed to be released 
to the LSE and approve their content. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  58
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Board activity in 2024
Strategy
	
+ The Board held ongoing discussions on the actions to be taken to further develop the Group’s strategic 
roadmap for the coming years ahead.
	
+ The Board held strategic discussions relating to further growing Plus500’s B2B (Institutional) and B2C (Retail) 
businesses in the US futures market. 
	
+ The Board discussed licence applications prepared during the year and received ongoing updates on their 
progress, in-line with its strategy to expand the Group’s geographic footprint. This includes the new licence 
obtained in the UAE from the SCA, taking the Group’s global portfolio of regulatory licences to 14.
	
+ The Board closely monitored and discussed the progress made during the year in the UAE and Japan operations.
	
+ The Board discussed the Group’s strategy, roadmap and main focus areas for 2025, including continued global 
expansion of the Group, alongside further localising its services in the territories in which it operates.
Business, operational 
highlights and 
current trading
The Board received monthly updates, including CEO and CFO reports, financial performance and business 
development updates and risk and compliance reports.
Quarterly forecasts 
and budget
Updates were provided and discussed on a monthly and quarterly basis. Discussions on the 2025 budget 
were held in October and November 2024, with final approval received in November 2024.
Financial 
performance
The Board reviewed and approved the ongoing trading updates and results announcements. The Board 
considered and approved the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Annual Report.
People, governance, 
risk and regulation
	
+ The Board received updates and conducted discussions on regulatory developments and emerging risks. 
It also received training and briefings on regulation, in addition to ongoing updates on compliance and 
risk matters.
	
+ The Board received in-depth training sessions and workshops, covering various operational aspects.
Whistleblowing
The Board reviewed and approved the Group’s Whistleblowing Policy, as it does on an annual basis, and 
received an update by the Whistleblowing Supervisor that no complaints were received in 2024.
Culture and values
The Board continued to monitor and review the Group’s culture, values and performance, as well as 
employees’ welfare, well-being and career development, primarily through regular discussions with the 
Executive Directors, senior management and their teams. In addition, Steve Baldwin, in his role as the 
workforce engagement representative on the Board, held round table sessions with employees of the 
Group, as well as discussions with senior managers responsible for ongoing communication with various 
stakeholders, such as customers and suppliers.
Shareholder  
returns
The Board approved share buyback programmes and declared the distribution of dividends during the 
year, in-line with the Company’s shareholder returns policy. 
Internal Board 
evaluation
An internal effectiveness evaluation of the Board and its Audit Committee has been conducted in 2024, 
following a similar internal evaluation conducted in 2023 and an independent third-party evaluation 
held in 2022. A discussion was held to address the recommendations provided, as further detailed on 
pages 62 to 63.
Other
	
+ Received ongoing updates from Board Committee Chairs.
	
+ Attend Board training sessions on various topics, including: fintech, UK regulation, US futures market, data 
protection and privacy matters, Market Abuse Regulation and the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.
	
+ Review of the changes to the UK Listing Regime following the introduction of the new UK Listing Rules in 2024.
	
+ Review of changes and developments in the corporate governance landscape, including in relation to the 
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code that will apply to the Company for the financial year beginning on 1 
January 2025.
	
+ Annual review and approval of Human Rights and Modern Slavery Statement.
	
+ Annual review and approval of Company’s policies and procedures.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  59
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Operation of the Board
The Board is responsible for the effective direction and control of 
the Group as well as for the overall strategy and financial 
performance of the Group. The Board has a formal schedule of 
matters reserved for its approval, which covers key strategic, 
financial and operational matters including:
	
+ Approval of the Group’s strategic objectives;
	
+ Responsibility for the overall leadership of the Group and setting 
the Company’s values and standards;
	
+ Approval of the annual operating and capital expenditure 
budgets of the Group, and any material changes to them;
	
+ Changes to the Group’s capital structure, management and 
control structure;
	
+ Contracts which are material, strategically or by reason of size, 
entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business; 
	
+ Ensuring maintenance of a sound system of internal control 
and risk management; and
	
+ Recommended appointments to the Board.
Board effectiveness
The Board holds its meetings in accordance with its pre-scheduled 
calendar, and as necessary from time to time. Each Board meeting 
is preceded by a clear agenda and any relevant information and 
background materials are provided to the Board members in 
advance of the meeting. The Board met on nine occasions in 2024 
to review, formulate and approve the Group’s strategy, budgets 
and corporate actions and to oversee the Group’s progress towards 
its strategic goals. The Board also holds regular conference calls 
to update its members on operational and other business matters. 
A summary of the key activities of the Board in 2024 is set out on 
page 59.
Where Board members have concerns, which cannot be resolved, 
about the running of the Company or a proposed action, they may 
request that their concerns are recorded in the Board minutes. An 
agreed procedure exists for Board members in the furtherance of 
their duties to take independent professional advice.
On an annual basis, the Board evaluates the effectiveness of its 
work during the year, and as a result, identifies topics for further 
consideration. 
Chair of the Board
The Chair of the Board, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, brings significant and 
invaluable experience and knowledge to his role and provides clear 
direction and leadership. He is responsible for leading the Board 
and ensuring its effectiveness, by setting the relevant agenda and 
providing sufficient time for constructive discussions in which the 
Board has the ability to challenge the discussed items. The Chair 
is responsible for promoting the highest corporate governance 
standards and creating the open and engaging atmosphere that 
enables the healthy and constructive discussions of the Board. The 
Chair is also responsible for ensuring effective communication 
between Executive and Non-Executive Directors, key shareholders 
(by regularly engaging with them to understand their views) and 
between other major stakeholders and the Board. 
Chief Executive Officer
The Chief Executive Officer, David Zruia, acts as the main point of 
communication between the Board and management. He is 
responsible for developing and executing the Company’s strategy 
and for the decision-making relating to the day-to-day running 
of the business. He maintains relationships with key stakeholders 
and leading the development of the Executive Management.
Chief Financial Officer
The Chief Financial Officer, Elad Even-Chen, is responsible for 
covering a broad range of strategic, finance, business, corporate 
and legal functions, such as monitoring the operational and 
financial results, overseeing liquidity, managing the financial 
reporting of the Group and developing the Group’s strategy to 
continue expanding into new and existing markets.
Non-Executive Directors
Collectively, the Non-Executive Directors bring a valuable range of 
expertise in assisting the Company to achieve its strategic goals. 
The effectiveness of the Board benefits from the following skills, 
expertise and experience offered by the current members of the 
Board: audit and risk management, financial services, accounting, 
governance, shareholder relations, ESG, compliance and regulation, 
marketing, innovation, digital technology and other financial 
expertise. 
Senior Independent Director (“SID”)
The Senior Independent Director, Prof. Varda Liberman, acts as a 
sounding board for the Chair, providing him with support in the 
delivery of his objectives and leading the evaluation of the Chair 
on behalf of the other Board members. As a Senior Independent 
Director, Prof. Varda Liberman may also take responsibility for an 
orderly succession process for the Chair. She currently chairs the 
Regulatory & Risk Committee and also serves on several other 
Board Committees. She is available to meet with shareholders if 
they have concerns which are not being addressed through the 
usual channels of the Chair, the Chief Executives or the Head of 
Investor Relations. In 2024, and in accordance with Provision 12 of 
the Code, Prof. Liberman met twice with the Non-Executive Directors, 
without the Chair’s presence, in order to, among other things, 
evaluate his performance. She then communicated key feedback 
to the Chair.
Company Secretary
The Company Secretary, Adv. Hila Barak, is responsible for ensuring 
that the Company complies with the statutory and regulatory 
requirements and maintains high standards of corporate 
governance. She supports and works closely with the Chair of the 
Board, the Senior Independent Director, the Chief Executives and 
the Board Committees’ Chairs, in setting agendas for meetings of 
the Board and its Committees. She also supports the transfer of 
timely and accurate information flow from and to the Board and 
the management of the Company. For 12 years now, Hila has been 
a certified lawyer in Israel. She joined Plus500 in 2020 after years of 
experience in corporate and securities law, being an associate 
with one of the leading law firms in Israel. Hila holds an LLB (Magna 
Cum Laude), BA in Social Science and an Executive MBA, all from 
the University of Haifa. All Board members have access to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary. Both the 
appointment and removal of the Company Secretary are a matter 
for the Board as a whole.
GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  60
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Induction of newly appointed 
Board members
Whenever there is a necessity to appoint a new Non-Executive 
Director to the Board, the Nomination Committee operates an 
orderly procedure for identifying the relevant skills, knowledge and 
experience which are required. As part of this process, the 
Nomination Committee takes into consideration various 
parameters, including the existing skill set on the Board as well as 
diversity aspects. Where a potential candidate is identified, the 
Nomination Committee recommends the appointment to the 
Board. If approved by the Board, and where applicable, it 
recommends the appointment to the Company’s shareholders.
Newly appointed Board members are made aware of their 
responsibilities primarily through the Company Secretary. The 
Company has accordingly adopted an internal induction plan for 
newly appointed Board members which seeks to provide them 
with various training and education sessions via internal meetings, 
presentations and discussions. These are conducted by the 
Company’s advisors, the senior management and other relevant 
persons in order to enable greater awareness and understanding 
of the Group’s business and the legal, regulatory and business 
environment in which it operates. Moreover, this induction plan 
includes provision of various documents and reports, such as 
constitutional documents, organisational charts and Group 
structure, previous Board minutes, Group’s policies as well as PR 
and IR materials.
Board composition 
As at the date of this Annual Report, the Board comprises two 
Executive Directors (who constitute 29% of the Board): David Zruia 
and Elad Even-Chen, and five Non-Executive Directors (who 
constitute 71% of the Board): Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel (Chair of the 
Board), Prof. Varda Liberman (Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director), Steve Baldwin, Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King. Prof. Frenkel 
was independent on appointment (and the Board considers still 
is), in accordance with the requirements of the Code. 
In accordance with the Companies Law, and subject to certain 
reliefs, the Board must have at least two external directors who 
meet certain statutory requirements of independence (the “External 
Directors”). Following shareholders’ approval at the EGM held on 
8 January 2024, Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King both serve as the 
Company’s External Directors. While the Board is making efforts to 
comply with the Code, it also seeks to uphold the highest corporate 
governance standards under the Companies Law. As a result, the 
Board currently consists of two External Directors, which is the 
general requirement for an Israeli incorporated public company. 
Under the Companies Law, the term of office of an External Director 
is three years, which can be extended for two additional three-year 
terms. External Directors are elected by shareholders subject to a 
special majority and may be removed from office only in limited 
cases. In addition, any committee of the Board of Directors of the 
Company to which the Board delegated one or more of its 
responsibilities must include at least one External Director and the 
Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee must each include 
all of the External Directors (including an external director serving 
as the Chair of the Audit Committee and Remuneration 
Committee). 
A majority of the members of the Audit Committee must comply 
with the director independence requirements, while the majority 
of the members of the Remuneration Committee must be External 
Directors and its other members must be remunerated in the same 
manner as the external directors.
On 12 March 2024, an amendment to the Companies Regulations 
(Reliefs for Israeli Public Companies Listed on Stock Exchanges 
Outside of Israel) was published in the Official Gazette, which is 
intended to provide reliefs from certain requirements currently 
applicable to Israeli companies, whose securities are traded on 
foreign stock exchanges, including Plus500. The amendment 
includes, among other things, specific reliefs that apply to Israeli 
companies listed outside of Israel who do not have a controlling 
shareholder and who comply with the law of the foreign country, 
as it applies to domestic companies in that foreign jurisdiction, 
such as Plus500, and including reliefs in connection to 
appointments and structure of the compensation and audit 
committees, as well as in relation to the appointment of External 
Directors to the Board of Directors of the Company. As the Board 
strives to uphold the highest corporate governance standards, 
both under the Companies Law and the Code, as of the date of this 
Annual Report, the Board has not yet adopted any voluntary reliefs, 
as it did not determine whether doing so would be in the Company’s 
best interest. 
Board attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Board meetings and individual 
attendance at these meetings are set out in the Board attendance 
table below. Where Board members are unable to attend meetings, 
for any reason, they are encouraged to share with the Chair in 
advance their views on the agenda items to be discussed at the 
meetings.
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS
ATTENDED
Chair of the Board
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel 
9
9 (100%)
Executive Directors
David Zruia 
9
9 (100%)
Elad Even-Chen
9
9 (100%) 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Prof. Varda Liberman
9
9 (100%)
Independent Non-Executive, External Director
Tami Gottlieb
9
9 (100%)
Daniel King1
6
6 (100%)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Steve Baldwin
9
9 (100%)
Past Independent Non-Executive Director
Anne Grim2 
9
9 (100%)
1	 Daniel King was elected as an Independent Non-Executive Director and 
External Director at the EGM held on 8 January 2024, for a three-year 
term commencing 19 June 2024.
2	 Anne Grim stepped down from the Board on 7 January 2025, after 
completing her term as an Independent Non-Executive Director.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  61
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Election of Board members
Following recommendations from the Nomination Committee and 
a review by the Chair of the Board, the Board considers that all 
Board members continue to be effective, remain committed to 
their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. 
Information with respect to the re-election of Board members 
(excluding External Directors) will be set out in the 2025 Notice of 
AGM to be circulated by the Company to all shareholders in due 
course. Information with respect to the Company’s presiding 
External Directors, Ms. Tami Gottlieb and Mr. Daniel King, who were 
elected at the 2024 EGM held on 8 January 2024, for a three-year 
term, can be found in the 2024 Notice of EGM published by the 
Company on 4 December 2023 (as updated on 22 December 2023).
Independence of Non-Executive Directors 
and time commitment
Each of the Non-Executive Directors is considered to be 
independent of management and is considered by the Board to 
be free from any business or other relationships that could 
compromise their independence. Their role is to effectively 
advise  and challenge management, and to monitor 
management’s success in delivering the strategy agreed by the 
Board. In accordance with Provision 13 of the Code, the Chair and 
the Non-Executive Directors held discussions and met twice during 
the year, without the Executive Directors present, in order to review 
and monitor management performance. Also, in accordance with 
Provision 12 of the Code, and as a matter of enhanced best practice, 
during the year, the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior 
Independent Director, met twice without the Chair’s presence, in 
order to, among other things, evaluate his performance. Any key 
feedback was then communicated by the SID to the Chair. 
Each Board member is aware of the need to allocate sufficient 
time to the Company in order to fulfil their responsibilities and is 
notified of all scheduled Board and Board Committee meetings. 
None of the Non-Executive Directors hold any directorships in any 
FTSE 100 company. Details of external Board memberships of the 
Company’s Non-Executive Directors in publicly listed companies, 
as of the date of this Annual Report, can be found on page 98. 
Conflicts of interest
The Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders 
owe to a company consisting of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. 
The duty of loyalty requires that an office holder act in good faith 
and in the best interests of the company and includes, among 
other things, the duty to refrain from any act involving a conflict of 
interest between the performance of his, her or its duties in the 
company and his, her or its other duties or personal affairs.
The Company has procedures for the disclosure and review of any 
conflicts of interest, or potential conflicts of interest, which may 
arise in relation to Board members. The Board members are asked 
to disclose any conflict of interest at each scheduled Board meeting 
and are aware of their responsibilities to avoid conflict of interest 
and to disclose any conflict or potential conflict of interest to the 
Board. A Board member who has a personal interest in a matter 
that is considered at a meeting of the Board, the Audit Committee 
or the Remuneration Committee shall not attend that meeting 
(unless the chair of the Board, the Audit Committee or the 
Remuneration Committee, as the case may be, determines that 
such person’s presence at the meeting is required for presentation 
of the relevant transaction) or vote on that matter, unless a majority 
of the respective forum has a personal interest in the matter as 
well. If a majority of the Board has a personal interest in a 
transaction which is an extraordinary transaction (as defined in 
the Companies Law), then shareholders’ approval is also required.
The authorisation of a conflict matter, and the terms of 
authorisation, may be reviewed at any time by the Board. The Board 
considers that these procedures are operating effectively. There 
have been no matters arising requiring assessment by the Board 
as a potential conflict during 2024.
Board effectiveness evaluation 
In accordance with provision 21 of the Code that FTSE 350 
companies should consider having an external evaluation once 
every three years, and as a FTSE 250 company, in 2022, Plus500 
engaged Nasdaq Governance Solutions who facilitated an external 
evaluation of the Board and its Audit Committee.
The evaluation covered completion of written questionnaires via 
a secure digital platform, individual interviews conducted by 
Nasdaq Governance Solutions’ experts with Board members and 
with the Company Secretary and observance of meetings. 
During the year, and similar to the process made in 2023, the Board 
conducted an internal Board effectiveness evaluation, led by the 
Chair and the Company Secretary. All Board members were 
requested to complete questionnaires and to evaluate the 
performance of the Board in 2024, as well as the performance of 
the Chair. The questionnaires were developed by the Chair and the 
Company Secretary, taking into consideration the findings of the 
2022 independent third-party evaluation, the 2023 internal 
evaluation and also the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance 
on Board Effectiveness, and were circulated to all Board members 
for completion. The Company Secretary discussed the feedback 
received from the completed questionnaires with the Chair. The 
final report on the feedback, comments and suggestions received 
was circulated to and discussed by the Board.
The Board evaluation covered various aspects of Board 
performance, including:
	
+ Board culture and accountability;
	
+ Board composition and Director engagement;
	
+ Audit, risk and internal controls;
	
+ Strategy and performance oversight;
	
+ Board meetings and administration;
	
+ Board’s relationship to management; and
	
+ Remuneration, talent management and succession planning.
GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  62
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The findings determined that the Board had higher degrees of 
effectiveness, inter alia, in relation to the following: 
	
+ The relationships and communication between the Board and 
management are constructive, allowing for open exchanges 
with full attention;
	
+ The Board is highly engaged and strives for continual 
improvement;
	
+ The Board has been more active in communicating with its 
shareholders; 
	
+ Training sessions are effective and ensure hands-on 
engagement of Board members; 
	
+ The Board is doing an effective job of overseeing succession 
and development for members of the executive team; and 
	
+ The composition of the Board is balanced, bringing together 
diverse expertise which can bring to the Board the “wisdom of 
crowds”.
Opportunities for improved effectiveness were also identified, 
alongside some focus areas for 2025 and topics for Board training 
and education. To strengthen its effectiveness, the Board, 
supported by the Company Secretary, is evaluating the findings 
arising from the internal evaluations conducted in 2024 and 2023, 
as well as the independent third-party evaluation conducted in 
2022, and with the help of the actions identified in these reports 
intends to address and strengthen different focus areas.
The Company expects to have its next independent third-party 
Board evaluation during the course of 2025.
Board training and development
The Company Secretary and the Company’s advisors provide 
updates to the Board on relevant legislative and regulatory 
corporate governance-related changes, on an ongoing basis.
All Board members are given updates, on a regular basis, on 
changes and developments in the business and the environment 
in which the Group operates, in order to further develop the Board’s 
understanding and awareness of the business and its future 
prospects.
During the year, Board members attended training sessions on 
various areas, including fintech, UK regulation, US futures market, 
data protection and privacy matters, Market Abuse Regulation the 
2024 UK Corporate Governance Code, as well as on various 
operational matters. 
In-line with Plus500’s continued growth as a global multi-asset 
fintech group, and in order to appropriately govern and manage 
the future development of the business, a further comprehensive 
Board training plan for 2025 was adopted.
This training plan was designed and tailored for Plus500 and the 
specific commercial dynamics of the business, and was developed 
in alignment with the recommendations received as part of the 
internal evaluations which took place in 2024 and 2023 and the 
2022 independent third‑party evaluation.
Ensuring that the Annual Report is fair, 
balanced and understandable
In relation to the Annual Report and the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for the year ended 31 December 2024, the Board, in 
conjunction with the Audit Committee, have sought to ensure that 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable. The Board 
considers that, taken as a whole, the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy.
The Company continues to encourage the engagement of both 
institutional and private investors. During the year, investor meetings 
were conducted. The Chief Executive Officer, David Zruia, and Chief 
Financial Officer, Elad Even-Chen, met regularly with institutional 
investors on a monthly basis. Following the issuance of the half- and 
full-year results, they are usually accompanied by the Group’s 
Head of Investor Relations, Owen Jones, who manages Plus500’s 
relationships and communications with the investment community. 
Also, during the year, the Chair of the Board, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, 
accompanied by Mr. Zruia, Mr. Even-Chen and Mr. Jones, held a 
series of in-person meetings with key shareholders, who together 
represented a significant percentage of the Company’s 
shareholder register. Further such governance meetings are 
planned for 2025 as part of Plus500’s regular engagement with 
shareholders.
The Company also engages with advisory bodies, which provide 
relevant guidance and insight to the majority of the Company’s 
shareholders. As such, in 2024 meetings were held with Glass Lewis 
and with ISS.
Communication with private individuals is maintained through the 
AGM and any EGM, the Company’s annual and interim reports and 
the scheduled, or otherwise required, trading updates. The Chairs 
of the Board’s Committees are available to answer questions at 
the Company’s Annual General Meetings. In addition, further details 
on the strategy and performance of the Company can be found 
on the Investor Relations website, which includes copies of the 
Company’s regulatory news, financial statements, trading updates, 
investor presentations and other reports.
Regular updates are provided to the Board on meetings 
with shareholders and analysts, as well as on brokers’ opinions. 
Non-Executive Directors are available to meet major shareholders, 
as required. Investors are also encouraged to contact the Group’s 
Head of Investor Relations, Mr. Owen Jones, at: ir@Plus500.com.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  63
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Shareholder engagement
Major interests in shares
As at 21 March 2025, being the latest practicable date before the 
approval of this Annual Report, the Company is aware of the 
following persons who, directly or indirectly, were interested in 5% 
or more of the Company’s share capital or voting rights: 
FUND MANAGER
NUMBER OF 
SHARES
% 
BlackRock Inc
4,913,790
6.74
JPMorgan Chase & Co
4,008,386
5.50
The Vanguard Group, Inc
3,942,844
5.41
2024 Extraordinary General Meeting 
The 2024 EGM was held on 8 January 2024.
This EGM was convened for the purpose of electing two 
Independent Non-Executive Directors and External Directors of the 
Company for a three-year term in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Law, and one Independent Non-Executive 
Director for a one-year term.
All three resolutions proposed at the 2024 EGM were duly passed 
by shareholders by means of a poll vote. The Board noted that these 
resolutions had more than 20% of votes cast against the Board’s 
recommendation for the resolutions. Hence, as part of the 
Company’s ongoing engagement with shareholders during the 
year, a greater focus was put on reiterating the significant 
contribution and value of these Independent Directors to the Board.
2024 Annual General Meeting 
The 2024 AGM was held on 7 May 2024.
All resolutions proposed at the 2024 AGM were duly passed by 
shareholders by means of a poll vote (excluding a non-binding 
advisory vote on the Directors’ Remuneration Report). 
The Board noted that one resolution proposed at the 2024 AGM 
passed with more than 20% of votes cast against. This resolution 
related to the re-election of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel as Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Board, where 71.57% of votes cast were 
in favour. 
Since the 2024 AGM, consistent with the Company’s commitment 
to maintaining ongoing, transparent dialogue with all stakeholders, 
the Board put in place a detailed plan to engage with its key 
shareholders and the shareholder advisory bodies to which the 
majority of the Company’s shareholders are subscribed, namely 
ISS and Glass Lewis.
Engagement with shareholders and other advisory bodies
During 2024, Plus500 engaged extensively with shareholders and 
shareholder advisory bodies, such as Glass Lewis and ISS, in order 
to update stakeholders about the evolution of Plus500’s corporate 
governance processes over the last four years under the 
stewardship of its Chair, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, as well as to better 
understand the framework of each advisory body. In the meetings 
with shareholders which, in aggregate, represented a significant 
percentage of the Company’s shareholder register, Prof. Frenkel 
and the Executive Management team outlined the effectiveness 
of the Board and how the skill set of its Non-Executive Directors 
complemented one another for the benefit of the Group’s long-
term strategy and performance. The team also sought to gather 
feedback from shareholders at these meetings. 
Further such governance meetings are planned for 2025 as part 
of the Group’s ongoing regular engagement with its shareholders. 
Overall, the Company believes that feedback received from 
shareholders was supportive. As it related to executive 
remuneration, none of the shareholders expressed concerns with 
the amount paid to the Executive Directors. 
In response, Plus500 committed to take into account this feedback 
and to incorporate it, where applicable. The Company has included 
further details of the feedback received within its 2024 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report (pages 90 to 99).
The Board will continue to take shareholder views and feedback 
into consideration as part of its approach to achieving high 
governance standards and delivering long-term value for all 
stakeholders.
2025 Annual General Meeting
The Company’s 2025 AGM is scheduled to be held at 09.00am UK 
time on 6 May 2025 at Panmure Liberum Limited, Ropemaker Place, 
Level 12, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY, UK.
Details of all resolutions to be proposed at the 2025 AGM will be 
included in the Notice of the 2025 AGM to be circulated by the 
Company to all shareholders in due course.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  64
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Report of the 
Nomination Committee
Committee attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Committee meetings 
and individual attendance at these meetings are set out 
in the Committee attendance table below. 
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED 
Steve Baldwin (Chair)
2
2 (100%) 
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel 
2
2 (100%)
Daniel King1
1
1 (100%)
1	 Daniel King was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director, External Director and as a member of the Committee 
commencing 19 June 2024.
Dear Shareholder
As the Chair of the Nomination Committee, I am pleased to have 
this opportunity to give you an overview of the work of the 
Committee during 2024.
The Nomination Committee reviews and assesses the Board and 
Committees’ compositions on behalf of the Board on a continual 
basis and, whenever needed, recommends the appointment of 
new Board members, as well as recommending the rotations to 
several Board and Committees’ roles. In reviewing Board 
composition, the Nomination Committee considers the benefits 
of all aspects of diversity. This role of the Nomination Committee 
constitutes an integral part of the Company’s adherence to the 
highest corporate governance standards, as the Board is 
committed to evaluating and reviewing its structure, size and 
composition, including its balance of skills, knowledge, experience 
and diversity (including gender and ethnic diversity) while factoring 
in the Company’s strategy, risk appetite and future development. 
I am pleased that in 2024 the Committee continued to assist the 
Board in this regard.
Given our Board continues to be committed to various aspects of 
diversity (such as ethnicity, gender, background, nationality and 
professional experience), several appointments of Non-Executive 
Directors have been made over the past few years. I am delighted 
that one of the senior Board positions is held by a woman (Prof. 
Varda Liberman, as the Senior Independent Director), and that two 
Committee Chair positions are held by women (Ms. Tami Gottlieb, 
who chairs our Audit Committee and Prof. Varda Liberman, who 
chairs our Regulatory & Risk Committee). This is further evidenced 
by the gender diversity within our Audit Committee and our 
Regulatory & Risk Committee (each committee with female 
representation of 50%), and our Remuneration Committee (with 
female representation of 67%).
The Committee will continue to ensure that 
there is a strong talent pipeline across the 
business with the necessary set of skills and 
expertise.”
Steve Baldwin
Chair of the Nomination Committee
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  65
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

100%
Independent 
(including Committee Chair)
Non-Independent 
REPORT OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE CONTINUED
With regards to ethnic diversity, I am pleased that, as at the date 
of this Annual Report, 29% of Board members (two Board members 
out of seven Board members) are from a mixed ethnic background. 
Due to the enhanced role of the Nomination Committee, as set out 
in the Code, we are continuing to develop our programme of 
activity accordingly. Throughout 2024, the Nomination Committee 
dedicated time to review and discuss succession planning across 
the business, in order to ensure, among other things, that there is 
a good pipeline of female successors to many of the senior 
management roles throughout the business, globally. The 
Nomination Committee also ensured that all immediate 
successors are being developed in accordance with the 
Company’s training programme. The Committee will continue to 
ensure that there is a strong talent pipeline across the business 
with the necessary set of skills and expertise.
In 2024, the Committee also dedicated time to review the 
composition of the Board Committees and recommended several 
changes to the Board in this regard. 
In June 2024, Daniel King commenced his three-year term as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director, following 
our shareholders’ approval at the EGM held in January 2024. Mr. 
King was also appointed as a member of our Nomination 
Committee, as of June 2024. This election ensures further 
diversification in the Board’s skill set. We are delighted that Mr. King 
has rejoined the Board and wish him continued success in his role.
At the same EGM held in January 2024, our shareholders also 
approved the appointment of Ms. Tami Gottlieb for a second three-
year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External 
Director. Tami has been on our Board since March 2021, also as the 
Chair of the Audit Committee, and the Company continues to 
benefit from her extensive background in the financial services 
sector, across a range of specialisms.
Daniel and Tami’s combined experience and expertise are 
invaluable for Plus500 as we look to continue to grow our business. 
These appointments further broaden the Board’s breadth of 
experience and knowledge. 
In January 2025, Ms. Anne Grim stepped down from the Board, after 
completing her term as an Independent Non-Executive Director. 
Anne served on our Board since 2020 and I would like to thank Anne 
for her contribution to the Board over the past four years.
Following the Board changes mentioned above, we have made 
several rotations to our Board Committees’ memberships, to further 
ensure we have a balanced and diverse composition within each 
of our Committees. In June 2024, Daniel King was appointed as a 
member of the Audit and Nomination Committees and as Chair 
of our Remuneration Committee. In February 2025, Tami Gottlieb 
joined our ESG Committee, and Prof. Varda Liberman together with 
Daniel King joined our Disclosure Committee. 
Committee composition
The Nomination Committee comprises Steve Baldwin, as 
Chair, Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel and Daniel King (as of June 2024). 
The Code recommends that a majority of the members of 
a Nomination Committee should be Independent 
Non‑Executive Directors. The Board considers Steve Baldwin, 
Daniel King and Prof. Jacob Frenkel to be independent for 
the purposes of the Code. Details of the skills and experience 
of the Nomination Committee members are set out on 
pages 54 to 57 of this Annual Report.
According to the evaluation carried out by the Board, all Non-
Executive Directors are considered to be independent in character 
and judgement and no cross-directorships exist between any of 
the Board members.
I look forward to reporting on the Nomination Committee’s further 
progress in next year’s Annual Report.
Steve Baldwin
Chair of the Nomination Committee
23 March 2025
Committee  
independence
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  66
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Committee responsibilities and activities 
The Nomination Committee has responsibility for reviewing the 
structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and 
experience) of the Board, considering succession planning and 
ensuring diversity at Board level. The other key governance 
mandates pursuant to the written terms of reference of the 
Nomination Committee (which are available on the Company’s 
website) are as follows:
	
+ To oversee succession planning for Board members and other 
senior Executives, taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company;
	
+ To identify, and nominate for the approval of the Board, 
candidates to fill Board vacancies (including External Directors’ 
vacancies);
	
+ To make recommendations concerning the continuation in 
office of any Board member at any time, including the 
suspension or termination of service; and
	
+ To prepare a description of the role and capabilities required 
for a particular appointment.
The Nomination Committee meets not less than twice a year and 
at such other times as required. The Nomination Committee takes 
into account the challenges and opportunities the Group is facing 
and which skills and expertise are therefore needed on the Board 
and its Committees in the future, while remaining committed to 
diversity of gender, ethnicity, background, nationality and 
professional experience and developing a talent pipeline reflective 
of this diversity.
Following the activities of the Committee in 2024, as further detailed 
on this page, the Committee is confident that each Board member 
brings a unique set of skills and experience which enables the Board 
to be reflective of a diverse and varying range of perspectives and 
opinions and enables the Company to achieve its strategy and 
targets going forward.
The Committee believes that each Board member’s contribution 
is important to the Company’s long-term sustainable success.
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee 
in 2024 is set out below:
Board 
composition 
and time 
commitment
	
+ Recommended to shareholders on the re-
election of Board members (both Independent 
Non-Executive Directors and Executive 
Directors); 
	
+ Recommended to shareholders on the election 
of two Independent Non-Executive Directors 
and External Directors: Tami Gottlieb was 
elected for a second three-year term which 
commenced in March 2024; Daniel King was 
elected for a three-year term which 
commenced in June 2024;
	
+ Reviewed core skills and experience of the 
Board and the independence of the Non-
Executive Directors; 
	
+ Oversaw and recommended appointments 
and rotations of some members of the 
Committees;
	
+ Recommended the appointment of new Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee; and 
	
+ Reviewed the time commitment of the 
Independent Non-Executive Directors.
Succession 
planning
	
+ Reviewed the tenure of the Board members;
	
+ Reviewed the Company’s succession plan; and
	
+ Fostered the development of talented 
employees throughout the business.
Diversity
	
+ Reviewed the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 
Policy, in-line with the Code and the FCA’s Listing 
Rules; 
	
+ Reviewed the gender diversity on the Board 
and its various Committees; and
	
+ Reviewed the ethnic diversity on the Board and 
of Executive Management.
Governance 
	
+ Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference 
in light of the Code and the Companies Law; 
and
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Nomination Committee 
Report which is included within this Annual 
Report.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  67
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE CONTINUED
Priorities for FY 2025
In the coming year, the Committee will continue to focus on key 
themes such as diversity and succession planning and ensuring 
a diverse talent pipeline throughout the Group. 
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
Our policy on equality, diversity and inclusion commits to:
	
+ Ensuring that the selection and appointment process for 
employees and Board members includes a diverse range of 
candidates;
	
+ Ensuring that no unlawful discrimination, unfavourable or less 
favourable treatment occurs at any stage in the selection 
process on the grounds of age, disability, gender, gender 
reassignment, marriage or civil partnership, pregnancy or 
maternity, race, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, national origin, 
religion or belief, sex or sexual orientation, educational, 
professional, cultural and socio-economic backgrounds, 
political opinion, sensitive medical conditions or trade union 
membership;
	
+ Disclosing statistics on gender diversity in this Annual Report as 
further detailed on page 29; and
	
+ Reviewing the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy from time 
to time to ensure that it complies with relevant local laws and 
disclosing the policy in the Annual Report.
All Board appointments are made objectively, based on an 
individual’s skills and expertise and consistent with the Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy.
OBJECTIVES
PROGRESS UPDATES
Ensuring the selection and appointment process for 
employees and Board members includes a diverse 
range of candidates
Review the employee and Board member recruitment procedures 
which include, among others, a non-discriminatory selection process, 
allowing the recruitment of a diverse workforce.
Continue to apply the Company’s policies in relation to equality, 
diversity and inclusion to the Board and its Committees, resulting in 
female Board member representation on each of the Audit 
Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Furthermore, both 
the Audit and Regulatory & Risk Committees are chaired by a female 
Board member.
Ensuring that no unlawful discrimination occurs at any 
stage in the selection process on the grounds of age, 
disability, gender reassignment, marriage or civil 
partnership, maternity, pregnancy, race, religion or belief, 
gender or sexual orientation, ethnicity, country of origin, 
nationality and cultural, socio-economic, educational 
or professional background
Review employee and Board member recruitment procedures which 
include a non-discriminatory selection process, at all stages of the 
selection process.
Improve gender diversity at Board and senior 
management level 
One female Non-Executive Director and External Director was 
proposed for election and was approved by shareholders for a 
second three-year term.
Succession planning to ensure further diversity across the business 
continued over the year, including with the recruitment of three 
females into senior positions: CFO and Chief Compliance Officer in 
our Bahamas business and Head of Compliance & Legal Affairs in 
Australia. 
Continue to focus on increasing female representation at senior 
management level, including as potential successors for such roles. 
Reviewing the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy
The Committee has reviewed and approved the updated Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy, a copy of which is available on the 
Company’s website.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  68
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Relevant skills and experience on the Board
JACOB A. 
FRENKEL
DAVID 
ZRUIA
ELAD  
EVEN-CHEN
VARDA 
LIBERMAN
TAMI 
GOTTLIEB
STEVE 
BALDWIN
DANIEL 
KING
Audit and risk management
NED
ED
ED
NED
NED
NED
NED
Finance, banking, financial 
services and fund management 
NED
ED
NED
NED
NED
Capital raising, mergers, 
acquisitions, investment 
and transactions
NED
ED
NED
NED
NED
Marketing
ED
NED
NED
Compliance and regulation
NED
ED
ED
NED
NED
NED
Shareholder relations
NED
ED
ED
NED
Digital technology
ED
NED
NED
NED
Innovation
NED
ED
ED
NED
NED
NED
ESG
ED
ED
NED
NED
NED
NED
Enterprise risk management
NED
ED
NED
NED
NED
NED  Non-Executive Director	
ED  Executive Director 
Succession planning
The Committee spent time in 2024 considering the important 
matter of succession across the business and reviewed the 
Company’s formal Succession Planning Procedure. In order to 
ensure minimal business disruption in the event of any unexpected 
senior management or Board departures, the Committee is 
committed to continue developing plans for identifying appropriate 
successors in the short, medium and long term, while also having 
regard to the importance of diversity throughout the Group.
Due to the size of the Group, it is not always possible to identify 
internal successors for all roles throughout the business. 
Nevertheless, the Committee has reviewed plans for the succession 
of senior management roles throughout the business and has 
identified appropriate candidates as potential successors (both 
immediate successors and long-term successors).
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  69
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
Report of the  
Audit Committee
Committee attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Committee meetings 
and individual attendance at these meetings are set out 
in the Committee attendance table below. 
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED 
Tami Gottlieb (Chair) 
6
6 (100%)
Steve Baldwin
6
6 (100%)
Prof. Varda Liberman
6
6 (100%)
Daniel King1
4
4 (100%)
1	 Daniel King was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director, External Director and as a member of the Committee 
commencing 19 June 2024.
Dear Shareholder
I am honoured to have served as Chair of the Audit Committee for 
the past four years. The Audit Committee continued to function 
efficiently in FY 2024, supported by a number of consistent and 
professional processes that form the basis of the Committee’s 
monitoring and review framework. The Committee also continued 
to perform a key role in the Group’s governance framework, in 
assessing internal controls across the Group and ensuring the 
integrity of the Group’s financial results. 
With that in mind, I am pleased to take this opportunity to give you 
an overview of the work of the Committee during 2024. Priorities for 
the Audit Committee during 2024 included financial reporting and 
the associated assurance of these reports, working with our internal 
auditors and conducting an internal evaluation of the Committee’s 
performance and effectiveness, following the internal evaluation 
conducted in 2023 and the independent third-party evaluation 
conducted in 2022. 
Having been appointed in 2022, EY Israel, a member firm of Ernst & 
Young, continued to serve as the Company’s internal auditors 
during the year. EY’s professional and risk-oriented team, has 
carried out an extensive risk assessment process. Our internal audit 
plan for FY 2024 was implemented and the Committee has 
approved an internal audit plan for FY 2025. During the year, the 
Committee also reviewed and monitored the implementation of 
previous internal audit report recommendations.
In June 2024, we welcomed Daniel King as a member of the 
Committee. Daniel, who served as a member of the Audit 
Committee during his previous tenure, is a valuable and important 
addition to our Committee. I would like to take this chance, on behalf 
of the Audit Committee members, to welcome Daniel to the 
Committee and to wish him success both as a Director and as a 
Committee member.
Our internal audit plan for FY 2024 was 
implemented and the Committee has 
approved a specific internal audit plan for 
FY 2025. During the year, the Committee also 
reviewed and monitored the implementation 
of previous internal audit report 
recommendations.”
Tami Gottlieb
Chair of the Audit Committee
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  70
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Independent 
(including Committee Chair)
Non-Independent 
100%
Female  
(including Committee Chair)
Male
50%
50%
The Committee continued to work closely with the Company’s 
external auditors, Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, to review a list of 
non-audit services provided this year by the Company’s external 
auditors and approve the audit plan for 2024. In accordance with 
our procedure for identifying related-party transactions, these 
were reviewed and monitored by the Committee on a semi-annual 
basis. The Committee members held two closed sessions with only 
the internal and external auditors in attendance, in order to 
evaluate and assess management’s effectiveness.
During the year, and similar to the process made in 2023, an internal 
evaluation of the Audit Committee was carried out in order to 
assess the Committee’s performance and effectiveness. These 
internal evaluations followed the external evaluation facilitated in 
2022 by Nasdaq Governance Solutions. The results of the evaluation 
were positive and the Committee will implement several 
recommendations derived from this evaluation during the course 
of 2025.
I look forward to reporting on the Audit Committee’s progress going 
forward, in next year’s Annual Report.
Tami Gottlieb
Chair of the Audit Committee
23 March 2025
Committee composition
The Code recommends that an Audit Committee should 
include at least three members who are Independent Non-
Executive Directors, and that at least one member should 
have recent and relevant financial experience. The 
Companies Law requires that, subject to certain voluntary 
reliefs detailed on page 61, an Audit Committee consists of 
at least three Directors qualified to serve as members of an 
audit committee under the Companies Law, including all 
External Directors, and must be comprised of a majority of 
Board members meeting certain independence criteria of 
the Companies Law. The Chair of the Audit Committee must 
be an External Director. 
The Audit Committee is chaired by Tami Gottlieb. The other 
members are Steve Baldwin, Prof. Varda Liberman and Daniel 
King (as of June 2024). All of the members are therefore 
Independent Non-Executive Directors under the Code and 
meet the criteria for independence under the Companies 
Law. Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King are considered External 
Directors under the Companies Law.
The Board considers that Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King have 
recent and relevant financial experience in accordance with 
the requirements of the Code. All of the Committee members 
have relevant diversified financial services experience. Details 
of the skills and experience of the Audit Committee members 
are set out on pages 54 to 57.
Committee 
gender diversity
Committee 
independence
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  71
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE CONTINUED
Committee responsibilities and activities 
The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly reported on and reviewed. 
The other main key governance mandates pursuant to the written 
terms of reference of the Audit Committee (which are available on 
the Company’s website) are, among others, as follows: 
	
+ To monitor the integrity and adequacy of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements of the Group (including annual and interim 
accounts and results announcements);
	
+ To monitor the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal financial controls and internal control and risk 
management systems;
	
+ To advise on the appointment of the Company’s external auditor 
and on their remuneration; and
	
+ To monitor and review the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal audit function.
In addition, under the Companies Law, the Audit Committee is 
required to monitor deficiencies in the business management of 
the Company, including by consulting with the internal auditor and 
independent accountants, to review, classify and approve related-
party transactions and extraordinary transactions, to review the 
internal auditor’s audit plan, to oversee the performance of the 
Company’s internal auditor and the internal control functions and 
to establish and monitor whistleblower procedures.
As set out in its written terms of reference, the Audit Committee 
meets not less than four times a year at appropriate intervals in 
the financial reporting and audit cycle and otherwise as required. 
The Audit Committee met six times during 2024. The internal and 
external auditors have the right to attend meetings. The relevant 
Executive Directors, the Company’s legal advisors and other 
persons may, by invitation from the Chair of the Audit Committee, 
attend meetings. 
As recommended under the Companies Law, an Audit Committee 
should hold, at least once a year, a meeting to consider any defects 
in the Company’s business management, with the presence of the 
internal and external auditors, and without the presence of officers 
of the Company who are not members of the Audit Committee. 
Our Audit Committee members have followed this 
recommendation and, as a matter of enhanced best practice, in 
2024 they met twice privately with the Company’s external auditor 
and internal auditor to discuss these issues. These private meetings 
were held in addition to the six ordinary meetings of the Committee 
in 2024, as mentioned above.
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee 
in 2024 is set out below:
Financial 
performance 
review
Reviewed the financial performance and reviewed 
the Consolidated Financial Statements of the 
Group twice during the year.
Risk 
assessment 
review and 
internal 
audit plan 
Reviewed the findings of the risk assessment 
process conducted by the Company’s internal 
auditor and subsequently approved a multi-year 
internal audit plan, including a specific internal 
audit plan for FY 2024. In addition, the Committee 
has already approved a detailed internal audit 
plan for FY 2025.
Review of 
Internal 
audit reports 
	
+ Reviewed and discussed the findings of the 
internal audit reports prepared by the 
Company’s internal auditor. 
	
+ Reviewed and monitored the implementation 
of previous internal audit repor ts 
recommendations.
External 
audit review
	
+ Monitored and reviewed the effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity of the external 
audit function.
	
+ Monitored and reviewed the rotation of the 
external audit engagement partner.
Risk control
Assisted the Board in the monitoring of the Group’s 
internal controls and risk management systems 
and their effectiveness.
2024 internal 
Committee 
evaluation
Discussed and assessed the 2024 internal Audit 
Committee evaluation findings.
Governance
	
+ Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference 
in light of the Code, the Companies Law and 
the FRC Standard for Audit Committees. 
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Audit Committee Report 
which is included within this Annual Report.
	
+ Reviewed the requirements of the 2024 UK 
Corporate Governance Code, particularly 
around internal controls. 
	
+ Received an update on corporate governance 
changes from our external legal counsel during 
the year and will closely monitor how 
management responds to the upcoming 
changes.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  72
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Significant accounting and financial 
judgements in 2024
The Committee considered a number of significant accounting 
and financial judgements and estimates, which were discussed 
with the external auditors in the planning stage of the audit, and 
received the external auditor’s confirmation that no additional 
matters have arisen which require the Committee’s attention.
The significant judgements considered were: revenue recognition, 
uncertain tax positions, the control environment and compliance 
with laws and regulations. The Committee also considered the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the level of cash required within the 
business to satisfy both external regulatory requirements and the 
Group’s market risk management.
External auditor
It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to keep under review 
the scope and effectiveness of the external auditor. This includes 
recommending the appointment and/or reappointment of the 
external auditor to the Board (and to shareholders) and reviewing 
the scope of the audit, approving the audit fee and, on an annual 
basis, satisfying itself that the auditor is independent and objective. 
The external auditor is engaged to express an opinion on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. The external auditor conducts 
the audit according to the audit plan which includes different audit 
procedures like confirmations, testing samples and discussing 
with management the reporting of operational results and the 
financial status of the Group, to the extent necessary to express 
their audit opinion.
Performance and effectiveness of the 
external auditor
Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
International Limited, was appointed as the Company’s external 
auditor in 2013 and has been retained since then to perform audit 
and audit‑related work on the Company. Other local offices of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers perform audit and audit-related work 
on the majority of the Company’s subsidiaries. During the course 
of 2024, the engagement leader for the external auditor retired and 
was replaced by a senior and experienced partner. The Committee 
assesses the auditor’s independence, effectiveness and objectivity 
at least on an annual basis, through closed sessions and enquiries 
by the Committee members.
The Audit Committee monitors the nature and extent of non-audit 
work undertaken by the auditors. Given the non-audit work 
undertaken by the external auditor and the Committee’s oversight 
of its work, the Committee is satisfied that the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor was adequately safeguarded 
throughout 2024. Nevertheless, the external auditor’s independence 
and objectivity is kept under ongoing review and is a standing item 
on the agenda of the Audit Committee.
In addition, the Audit Committee annually monitors the cost of 
non-audit work undertaken by the external auditor. The Audit 
Committee considers that it is in a position to take action if at any 
time it believes there is a risk of the auditor’s independence and 
objectivity being undermined as part of its work.
Having assessed the external auditor’s effectiveness and 
independence during 2024, the Audit Committee concluded that 
the auditor demonstrated professional scepticism and judgement 
and that the audit process as a whole has been conducted robustly 
and that the team selected to undertake the audit has done so 
thoroughly and professionally. 
Non-audit services 
The Company maintains a Non-Audit Services Policy in order to 
ensure that the provision of non-audit services do not impair the 
external auditor’s independence or objectivity. During 2024, 
Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
International Limited, and other local offices of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, provided non-audit services, such as 
tax assessments and advice and regulatory reporting 
requirements, which totalled $0.4m (including assurance-related 
services of $0.3m). The assurance-related services include mainly 
local regulatory reporting requirements for the regulated 
subsidiaries which are linked directly with the external auditor’s 
services. In addition, part of the non-audit services in the amount 
of $0.1m are related to tax assessments which are provided by the 
external auditor according to common practice in specific 
territories.
The non-audit services fee constitutes 29% of the total fees payable 
to the external auditor in 2024.
Overview of the Non-Audit Services Policy
Under this policy, all services provided by the external auditor (other 
than the audit itself) are regarded as non-audit services. The policy 
draws a distinction between permitted services (which could be 
provided subject to conditions set by the Committee) and 
prohibited services. The type of non-audit services deemed to be 
permitted include assurance work on non-financial data, tax 
services including tax advisory and reporting best practice.
The Committee has provided pre-approval which allows 
management to appoint the external auditor to conduct permitted 
non-audit services if such services fall below a set fee level. The 
Committee reviews the pre-approval limit on an annual basis and 
it is currently set at $150,000. Any non-audit services provided by 
the external auditor are reported to the Board. In the event that the 
provision of non-audit services would exceed $150,000, the 
Committee would also request Board approval.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  73
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE CONTINUED
KEY FINANCIAL REPORTING AND SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL JUDGEMENTS
HOW THE ISSUE WAS ADDRESSED BY THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
Revenue recognition
The recognition of revenue is a 
key matter to be reviewed, 
monitored and tested.
	
+ The Audit Committee held meetings, among others, with 
representatives of the operations, R&D and risk teams to verify 
compliance of revenue recognition from all related aspects such 
as: IT general controls, access to programmes and supporting 
data, programme changes and computer operations for the 
Group’s platforms and for the ERP system.
	
+ The Audit Committee discussed this matter with the external 
auditor at the planning and conclusion phases of the audit.
	
+ The Audit Committee concluded that the revenue recognition 
process is appropriate and controls are effective and are 
appropriately disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Uncertain tax positions
The Audit Commit tee is 
responsible for the adequacy of 
the uncertain tax positions.
	
+ The Audit Committee held meetings, among others, with 
management and tax advisors to assist the technical aspect of 
the Group’s tax positions, including understanding the 
correspondence with the different tax authorities and reviewing 
other third-parties’ advice obtained by management.
	
+ The Audit Committee discussed this matter with the external 
auditor through the process of the audit, and received periodic 
updates during the year.
	
+ The Audit Committee concluded that the provision for uncertain 
tax positions is reasonable.
Review and assessment of 
the control environment
The Audit Committee has the 
ultimate responsibility for the 
supervision of the control 
environment. A key role of the 
Committee is to provide 
oversight and reassurance to the 
Board with regard to the integrity 
of the Company’s financial 
reporting, internal control 
policies and procedures for the 
identification, assessment and 
reporting of risk.
	
+ The Audit Committee reviewed and approved a multi-year internal 
audit plan, as well as a specific internal audit plan for FY 2025, 
following an extensive risk assessment process conducted by EY, 
the Company’s internal auditors. The Audit Committee discussed 
key findings with management and reviewed the implementation 
of internal audit report recommendations brought forward from 
previous years. In addition, the Committee reviewed key audit risk 
topics as presented by the Company’s internal auditors. 
	
+ Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the 
supervision of the Audit Committee and with management 
participation, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Audit Committee evaluated the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. In 
making this evaluation, which included planning and scoping, 
design assessment of the risks and controls, and controls 
effectiveness assessment (testing), the Audit Committee and 
management have concluded that, as of 31 December 2024, the 
internal control over financial reporting is effective. 
Review and assessment of 
compliance with laws and 
regulations
A key risk to the business is the 
fact that the Group’s business is 
subject to various laws and 
re g u l a ti o n s i n d i f fe re nt 
jurisdictions according to its 
activities.
	
+ The Committee, in conjunction with the work of the Regulatory & 
Risk Committee, reviewed regulatory and compliance reports 
prepared by the Risk and Compliance teams, to ensure 
compliance with local regulations in the geographic and business 
areas the Group operates in.
	
+ The Committee considers the grid of audits and regulatory 
assessments and reviews their findings. The relevant aspects of 
such assessments to the Group’s business are discussed and 
assessed by the Committee.
	
+ Based on discussions with management and discussions held 
in the Regulatory & Risk Committee, the Audit Committee 
concluded that the Group is compliant with the applicable 
regulations.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  74
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

KEY FINANCIAL REPORTING AND SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL JUDGEMENTS
HOW THE ISSUE WAS ADDRESSED BY THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
Review and assessment 
of appropriateness of the 
going concern basis of the 
Consolidated Financial 
Statements and 
long‑term viability
Going concern and viability are 
key matters for the operations 
of the Group.
	
+ The Audit Committee has reviewed the assessment setting out 
the key assumptions related to the nature of the Group’s business, 
budget reports and cash flow forecasts for the period of three 
years ending 31 December 2027, taking into account the 
Group’s anticipated investment commitments and working 
capital requirements.
	
+ These reports detail the impact of outcomes of stress tests after 
applying multiple scenarios to determine how the Group is able 
to cope with scenarios of deterioration in the liquidity profile or 
capital position.
	
+ The Audit Committee approved and recommended the Going 
Concern and Viability Statement to the Board for approval.
Review and assessment of 
the level of cash required 
within the business to 
satisfy both external 
regulatory requirements 
and the Group’s attitude 
to market risk
The Group requires a level of 
cash to ensure that it can 
provide its services and 
maintain sufficient cash in its 
regulated entities to satisfy 
regulatory and operational 
needs.
	
+ The Audit Committee reviews on an ongoing basis the level of 
cash required from a regulatory, operational and risk 
management perspective.
	
+ The Audit Committee concluded that the cash amounts held are 
sufficient from all of the above-mentioned perspectives.
Internal auditor 
Pursuant to the Companies Law, the Board must appoint an internal 
auditor recommended by the Audit Committee. An internal auditor 
may not be:
	
+ A person who holds more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding 
shares or voting rights;
	
+ A person who has the power to appoint a Board member or the 
Chief Executive Officer of the Company;
	
+ An officer or Board member of the Company; 
	
+ A relative of any person described above; or
	
+ A member of the Company’s independent accounting firm, or 
anyone acting on its behalf.
The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, 
the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and orderly 
business procedures. The Audit Committee is required to oversee 
the activities and to assess the performance of the internal auditor, 
as well as to review and approve the internal auditor’s work plan, 
which the Committee has done so in FY 2024. 
As of FY 2022, Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer (EY Israel), a member 
firm of Ernst & Young, has served as the Company’s internal 
auditors, and since being appointed they have carried out an 
extensive risk assessment process. A multi-year internal audit plan 
was approved by the Committee, including a specific internal audit 
plan for FY 2024 which was executed. EY’s team is risk-oriented, 
professional and familiar with the Group’s business and operations 
and the Committee concluded that the internal audit function was 
an effective provider of assurance of the Company’s risks and that 
the Company has the controls and appropriate resources as 
required. In addition, the Committee has already approved a 
specific internal audit plan for FY 2025. 
The Audit Committee also plays an important role in overseeing 
implementation and adherence to SOX procedures within the 
Company, where applicable. This includes, among others, ensuring 
that the Internal Audit team conducts periodic updates and 
assessments of the Company’s internal controls over financial 
reporting.
Whistleblowing Policy 
The Group operates a Whistleblowing Policy which encourages all 
individuals within the Group (including employees, partners, 
consultants, contractors, suppliers, customers and other third 
parties) to feel confident to voice concerns internally in a 
responsible, anonymous, confidential and effective manner, should 
they discover information which they believe shows serious 
malpractice or impropriety, and to question and act upon those 
concerns. This policy provides a method of properly addressing 
bona fide concerns of such individuals, while offering 
whistleblowers protection from victimisation, harassment or 
disciplinary proceedings. Such anonymous reporting can be 
undertaken 24/7 in local languages. This policy and its 
implementation are reviewed on a regular basis, and annually by 
the Audit Committee and the Board. The Audit Committee reports 
to the Board on the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing 
mechanism and on any matter that arises as a result of it. The 
Whistleblowing Policy supervisor is Steve Baldwin, who reported to 
the Committee that no whistleblowing complaints were received 
in 2024. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  75
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Audit Committee undertakes a duty to consider whether 
the 2024 Annual Report and Consolidated Financial 
Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable, while final determination lies within the 
responsibilities of the Board. The Audit Committee, on behalf 
of the Board, also assesses whether there is sufficient 
information in the Annual Report and Consolidated Financial 
Statements necessary for shareholders to assess the 
financial position and performance, business model and 
strategy of the Group.
The process
The Committee reviews the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and recommends their approval by the Board.
During the drafting process of the 2024 Annual Report and 
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Committee was 
given the opportunity to comment and provide feedback 
on the drafts. The Committee also considers whether the 
content provided in the report has properly illustrated the 
whole picture for the year. 
The Committee then evaluated whether the report is 
consistent throughout, with a clear layout and linkage to the 
different sections, and whether it is presented in a logical 
manner to shareholders.
Conclusion
Following the review, it is the Committee’s opinion that the 
2024 Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements 
are representative of the year and, taken as a whole, present 
a fair, balanced and understandable overview and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
financial position, governance, performance, business model 
and strategy of the Group.
Audit Committee evaluation
During the year, and similar to the process made in 2023, the Audit 
Committee conducted an internal evaluation of its effectiveness, 
led by the Chair of the Committee and the Company Secretary. 
These internal evaluations followed the external evaluation 
facilitated in 2022 by Nasdaq Governance Solutions. As part of the 
internal evaluation process, all Committee members were 
requested to complete questionnaires and to evaluate the 
performance of the Audit Committee in 2024, as well as the 
performance of the Chair of the Committee. The questionnaires 
were developed by the Chair of the Committee and the Company 
Secretary, taking into consideration the findings of the 2022 
independent third-party evaluation and the 2023 internal 
evaluation, and were circulated to all Audit Committee members 
for completion. The Company Secretary discussed the feedback 
received from the completed questionnaires with the Chair of the 
Committee, and the final report on the feedback, comments and 
suggestions received was circulated to and discussed by the Audit 
Committee members.
The Audit Committee evaluation covered various aspects of the 
Committee performance, including:
	
+ Committee culture; 
	
+ Committee composition and structure;
	
+ Committee meetings, information and resources; 
	
+ Committee role, including oversight of financial reporting, 
internal audit and external audit functions; and
	
+ Ethics and Compliance.
The evaluation determined that the Audit Committee had high 
degrees of effectiveness, inter alia, in relation to the following: 
	
+ The Committee members have a greater level of understanding 
of the futures business; 
	
+ The Committee demonstrates integrity, credibility, 
trustworthiness, active participation and willingness to address 
issues proactively; 
	
+ The Committee effectively evaluates and makes 
recommendations to the Board as appropriate; and
	
+ The Committee effectively reviews the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Company’s policies and processes, 
including whistleblowing, anti-money laundering and related-
party transactions.
Opportunities for improved effectiveness were also identified, 
alongside some focus areas for 2025. To strengthen its 
effectiveness, the Audit Committee, supported by the Company 
Secretary, is evaluating the findings from both the internal 
evaluations conducted in 2024 and 2023 as well as the independent 
third-party evaluation conducted in 2022, and with the help of the 
actions identified in the reports, will address and strengthen 
different focus areas arising from these evaluations.
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  76
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE REGULATORY & RISK COMMITTEE 
Report of the  
Regulatory & Risk Committee
Committee attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Committee meetings 
and individual attendance at these meetings are set out 
in the Committee attendance table below. 
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED 
Prof. Varda Liberman 
(Chair)
3
3 (100%)
Elad Even-Chen
3
3 (100%)
Tami Gottlieb 
3
3 (100%)
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
3
3 (100%)
Anne Grim1
2
2 (100%)
1	 Anne Grim was appointed as a member of the Committee 
as of June 2024. In January 2025, she stepped down from the 
Board and the Committee after completing her term as an 
Independent Non‑Executive Director. 
Dear Shareholder
Having served as the Chair of the Regulatory & Risk Committee for 
two years now, I am pleased to take this opportunity to give you an 
overview of the work of the Committee during 2024.
As Plus500 continues to evolve and develop its position as a 
global multi-asset fintech group, by launching new products and 
extending its geographic footprint, regulatory compliance and risk 
management continues to underpin the integrity of our business 
model and the delivery of our strategy. The Committee continued 
monitoring the main trading-related risks of our Group, together 
with undertaking a robust assessment of the principal risks the 
Group is facing and updating our internal risk matrix accordingly. 
Also during the year, the Committee has monitored new areas of 
regulatory compliance such as emerging risks and developments 
in securities markets regulation.
The Committee members receive updates on various risk and 
regulatory aspects, on an ongoing basis. Moreover, on a monthly 
basis, the Committee is provided with detailed risk reports 
covering, inter alia, system exposures, performance analysis, 
risk mitigation and Value at Risk (“VaR”) analysis, in addition the 
Committee receives regular reports on both compliance and 
risk matters, and challenges the performance in these areas. It 
also receives Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) reports and internal 
audit reports relating to the Group’s regulated entities, and other 
reports on specific areas where more detailed testing is considered 
appropriate. These are described more fully in the following report.
In 2024, the Committee held further discussions in relation to the 
risks associated with the Group’s US and other operations and 
monitored the regulatory changes that arose during the year, 
which are applicable to these operations. 
In 2024, the Committee members (and the Board as a whole) 
participated in regulatory training by the Company’s legal 
advisors, covering various developments in the fintech industry, 
UK regulation, US futures market, data protection and privacy 
matters, as well as Market Abuse Regulation (“MAR”).
Regulatory compliance and risk management 
underpin the integrity of our business model 
and the continued delivery of our strategy, as 
Plus500 continues to develop its position as a 
global multi-asset fintech group.”
Prof. Varda Liberman
Chair of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  77
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE REGULATORY & RISK COMMITTEE CONTINUED
I am pleased that our portfolio of regulatory licences was further 
strengthened, taking the Group’s total to 14 regulatory licences 
globally and further establishing its position as a global fintech 
Group. 
In January 2025, the Group obtained a new regulatory licence in the 
UAE from the SCA, enabling further expansion in the local market 
through an enhanced product offering from OTC to also include 
share dealing, futures and options on futures over time.
The Group’s global portfolio of regulatory licences constitutes a 
source of significant value to Plus500 as they are scarce, difficult 
to obtain and require substantial time and effort. In addition, they 
raise the barriers to entry for the industry as a whole. Furthermore, 
the Group’s experience and expertise in obtaining regulatory 
licences leaves it ideally positioned, as it looks to secure additional 
licences in new territories.
Our priorities for the coming year will be to continue to assess, 
and seek to enhance, our approach to risk management, which 
is based on ensuring our risk exposures are aligned with our risk 
appetite across our product portfolio. With a global regulatory 
network already well established, the Committee believes that the 
Group remains well positioned for potential future changes to the 
regulatory environment across the markets in which it operates. 
I look forward to reporting on the Regulatory & Risk Committee’s 
further progress in next year’s Annual Report.
Prof. Varda Liberman
Chair of the Regulatory & Risk Committee
23 March 2025
Committee responsibilities and activities
The Regulatory & Risk Committee meets not less than three times a 
year and otherwise as required. The Regulatory & Risk Committee 
receives monthly updates from management on risk, compliance, 
AML and regulatory issues and reviews the related internal reports. 
The Committee has responsibility for providing oversight with 
respect to current and potential future risk exposures of the Group 
and for overseeing and monitoring the Group’s compliance with 
applicable laws, regulations and orders as required. Its activities 
include reviewing relationships with regulatory authorities such 
as: the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) in the UK, the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) in Australia, 
the Cyprus Securities and Exchange Commission (“CySEC”) in 
Cyprus, the Israel Securities Authority (“ISA”) in Israel, the Financial 
Markets Authority (“FMA”) in New Zealand, the Financial Sector 
Conduct Authority (“FSCA”) in South Africa, the Monetary Authority 
of Singapore (“MAS”) in Singapore, the Financial Services Authority 
(“FSA”) in the Seychelles, the Commodities Futures Trading 
Commission (“CFTC”) and National Futures Association (“NFA”) 
in the US, the Estonian Financial Supervision Authority (“EFSA”) in 
Estonia, the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”) in Japan, the Dubai 
Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”) in the UAE, the Securities 
Commission of the Bahamas (“SCB”) in the Bahamas, the Securities 
and Commodities Authority (“SCA”) in the UAE, and other regulatory 
authorities, as appropriate, in jurisdictions where the Group has 
a significant operation. The Committee is also responsible for 
reviewing risk assessment programmes and internal controls. 
The Regulatory & Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
Group’s most significant risks to achieve its strategic objectives 
and address any emerging risks, reviewing the Group’s Risk 
Management Policy and ensuring that the Company’s ethics are 
being adhered to. The other key governance mandates, pursuant 
to the written terms of reference of the Regulatory & Risk Committee 
(which are available on the Company’s website), are as follows:
	
+ To oversee and advise the Board on current and emerging risk 
exposures of the Company and future risk strategy;
	
+ To keep under review the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal financial controls and internal control and 
risk management strategy and systems;
	
+ To review the Group’s capability to identify and manage new 
risk types; 
	
+ To review the most significant risks to the achievement of 
strategic objectives; 
	
+ To review incident reports which monitor incidents and remedial 
activities; and
	
+ To consider and approve the remit of the risk management 
function and ensure that it has adequate resources and 
appropriate access to information to enable it to perform 
its function effectively and in accordance with the relevant 
professional standards.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  78
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Independent 
(including Committee Chair)
Non-Independent 
75%
25%
Female  
(including Committee Chair)
Male
50%
50%
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee 
in 2024 is set out below.
Regulatory 
and 
compliance 
review
	
+ Periodically reviewed regulatory, compliance 
and AML reports.
	
+ Oversaw the implementation of new regulatory 
requirements. 
	
+ Monitored and assessed the Group’s 
relationships with regulatory authorities.
Licence 
application 
review
	
+ Reviewed the licence applications prepared 
during the period.
Risk review 
and 
assessment
	
+ Reviewed periodic risk reports, including VaR 
reports and performance analysis reports.
	
+ Reviewed risk assessment programmes and 
internal risk management controls.
	
+ Reviewed emerging and principal risks for the 
period and the Company’s risk register.
	
+ Reviewed and assessed our current approach 
to hedging as well as possible options for future 
approaches in this area.
	
+ Reviewed risks associated with the Group’s 
operations, including the US futures 
businesses.
Regulatory 
training 
	
+ Participated in regulatory training sessions 
by the Company’s legal advisors, including: 
fintech industry, UK regulation, US futures 
market, data protection and privacy matters, 
as well as MAR.
Governance
	
+ Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference. 
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Regulatory & Risk 
Committee Report which is included within 
this Annual Report.
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Risk Management 
Framework which is included within this Annual 
Report.
Climate 
change
	
+ Review of 2024 TCFD Report which is included 
within this Annual Report, on pages 33 to 37.
Committee composition
The Regulatory & Risk Committee is chaired by Prof. Varda 
Liberman. The other members are Elad Even-Chen, Tami 
Gottlieb and Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel. According to the 
Committee’s terms of reference (which are available on the 
Company’s website), the Committee shall comprise at least 
three members, the activities of the Committee should 
involve participation by the Chair of the Audit Committee 
(Tami Gottlieb), and the Group Chief Financial Officer (Elad 
Even-Chen) should also be a member of the Committee. 
Details of the skills and experience of the Regulatory & Risk 
Committee members can be found on pages 54 to 57.
Committee 
gender diversity
Committee 
independence
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  79
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE ESG COMMITTEE
Report of the  
ESG Committee
Committee attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Committee meetings 
and individual attendance at these meetings are set out 
in the Committee attendance table below.
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED 
Steve Baldwin (Chair)
3
3 (100%)
David Zruia
3
3 (100%)
Anne Grim1
3
3 (100%)
1	 Anne Grim stepped down from the Board and the Committee 
in January 2025 after completing her term as an Independent  
Non‑Executive Director.
Dear Shareholder
At Plus500, we believe ESG disclosure should continue to be a 
highly relevant theme across global capital markets, as investors 
continue to seek a greater level of understanding and detail about 
how companies are managed in this regard. 
Chairing the ESG Committee for three years now, I am pleased 
to provide an overview of the work carried out by the ESG 
Committee during the year, as well as its objectives and priorities 
for the year ahead.
The ESG Committee, established four years ago, together with 
the Board and the entire Group, remain fully committed to 
the continuation of the development of our ESG strategy. ESG 
continues to be a critical element of our organisational culture, 
operations and reporting and we believe has a direct impact on 
our competitive advantage and operational performance. 
A few years ago, we carried out a comprehensive materiality 
assessment for identifying the ESG priority areas for Plus500, 
which indicated that our key priorities should be customer care 
and protection, organisational culture, cyber security, systems 
infrastructure and leadership and governance. Our commercial 
and operational approach and progress during 2024 in each of 
these areas can be found in this Annual Report, in particular in 
the ESG section on pages 26 to 32. With the assessment laying the 
foundations of the Group’s approach in this area, the Committee 
made strong progress during the year to further develop Plus500’s 
position in ESG, by refreshing our reporting and disclosure, in‑line 
with the latest regulatory and disclosure requirements, as 
exemplified in various sections of this Annual Report. 
In-depth discussions were held by the 
Committee during the course of 2024, 
with key focus on social aspects, such 
as customer care and protection, as 
well as employees’ satisfaction, welfare, 
well‑being and career development.”
Steve Baldwin
Chair of the ESG Committee
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  80
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Independent 
(including Committee Chair)
Non-Independent 
67%
33%
67%
33%
Female 
Male
The Group remains committed to managing its environmental 
impact, consistently aiming to ensure that it conducts appropriate 
and necessary actions to minimise the impact of its operations 
on the environment. The Group has made various commitments, 
including: to protect the environment, to reduce waste, as well 
as water, energy and resource use, to monitor the Group’s 
environmental performance and to ensure that office services 
are sourced from providers that share these commitments. 
Also, during the year, the Committee and the Board continued to 
review Plus500’s Environmental Policy, which is available on the 
Company’s website.
As the Company supports the recommendations published by 
the TCFD, during 2024, the Committee continued its work with 
a specialist ESG consultant which provided support for the 
Group’s ongoing approach to ESG reporting and disclosure going 
forward. Detailed reporting and disclosure against the TCFD 
recommendations, which includes the reporting of our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions data, including the Group’s future plans to 
continue to align itself to the TCFD recommendations, is outlined 
in the TCFD Report on pages 33 to 37.
Also, during the year, the Committee reviewed the Donations & 
Volunteering Procedure and received a report from the Company’s 
Donations Committee and the Chief People Officer detailing the 
type and amounts of donations made during 2024 (both monetary 
and in-kind donations) and the profile of charitable and non-profit 
organisations which received the donations and future charitable 
initiatives. Also, within this report, the Committee received updates 
on employee volunteering days which took place during the year. 
In-depth discussions were held by the Committee during 
the course of 2024, with key focus on social aspects, such as 
customer care and protection, as well as employees’ satisfaction, 
welfare, well-being and career development. Also, in 2024, a 
global employee satisfaction survey was circulated to all 
Group employees. The feedback received was presented to the 
Committee (and to the Board as a whole) by the Chief People 
Officer and we are pleased to report that it was very positive overall 
with only a few focus areas for the years ahead.
The Committee remained mindful of the various diversity aspects, 
and ensured, in conjunction with the Nomination Committee, 
that our Board is sufficiently diverse from both gender and ethnic 
perspectives, and also reviewed gender diversity as part of the 
Group’s succession planning. 
Last but not least, I would like to take this opportunity to thank Anne 
Grim for her contribution and dedication, serving as a member 
of the Committee over the past four years until January 2025, 
when she stepped down from the Board and the Committee after 
completing her term. I would also like to welcome our long-serving 
director, Tami Gottlieb, who was appointed as a member of the 
Committee as of February 2025.
I look forward to reporting on the ESG Committee’s further progress 
in next year’s Annual Report.
Steve Baldwin
Chair of the ESG Committee
23 March 2025
Committee composition
The ESG Committee is chaired by Steve Baldwin. As of the 
date of this Annual Report, the other members are David 
Zruia and Tami Gottlieb (as of February 2025). According 
to the Committee’s written terms of reference (which are 
available on the Company’s website), the Committee shall 
comprise of at least three members, and the majority of 
the members of the Committee should be Independent 
Non-Executive Directors (Steve Baldwin and Tami Gottlieb). 
Details of the skills and experience of the ESG Committee 
members can be found on pages 54 to 57.
Committee 
independence
Committee 
gender diversity
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  81
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Committee responsibilities and activities
The overall responsibilities of the ESG Committee are to assess 
the following pillars: 
	
+ Environmental: the Group’s impact on the natural environment 
and its adaptation to climate change, including greenhouse 
gas emissions, energy consumption, generation and use of 
renewable energy, biodiversity and habitat, impact on water 
resources and the status of water bodies, pollution, resource 
efficiency, the reduction and management of waste, and the 
environmental impact of the Group’s supply chain; 
	
+ Social: the Group’s interactions with employees, commercial 
counterparties, stakeholders and the communities in which 
it operates and the role of the Group in society, workplace 
policies (for example, employee relations and engagement, 
diversity, non-discrimination and equality of treatment, health, 
safety and well-being), ethical procurement, any social or 
community projects undertaken by the Group, social aspects 
of the supply chain, community and stakeholder engagement 
or partnerships; and 
	
+ Governance: the ethical conduct of the Group’s business, 
including its business ethics policies, code of ethics and 
counterparty due diligence.
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee in 2024 is set out below.
Reports and policies 
review
	
+ Periodic review of ESG reports. 
	
+ Reviewed succession planning (with a focus on gender diversity). 
	
+ Reviewed and approved an updated Donations and Volunteering Procedure.
	
+ Reviewed and approved the Company’s Environmental Policy and Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy.
Diversity review
	
+ Reviewed gender diversity on the Board.
	
+ Reviewed ethnic diversity on the Board.
	
+ Reviewed gender diversity in respect of succession plans.
Donations and 
community 
initiatives review
	
+ Reviewed the type and amounts of donations made globally during 2024 (both monetary and in-kind 
donations), the profile of charitable and/or non-profit organisations which received the donations and future 
charitable initiatives.
	
+ Reviewed employee volunteering days which took place during the year.
	
+ Reviewed development programmes for students (Bootcamp training programme).
Customer care and 
protection
	
+ Conducted a review of customer care and protection activities in 2024.
	
+ Participated in training sessions and workshops covering various operational aspects, with a focus on customers.
Employees’ 
satisfaction, welfare 
and well-being
	
+ Review of employee welfare, well-being and development, presented by the Chief People Officer.
	
+ In-depth review and discussion on employee feedback, as part of the employee satisfaction survey, which 
was conducted across the entire Group.
Gap analysis
	
+ Worked with a specialist ESG consultant to conduct a gap analysis of the Group’s ESG reporting and disclosure, 
compared to our UK-listed peer companies and US-listed fintech companies.
	
+ Discussed and agreed an approach for the Group’s ESG reporting and disclosure, based on the findings of 
this analysis.
TCFD reporting
	
+ Worked with a specialist ESG consultant to prepare detailed reporting and disclosure against the TCFD 
recommendations, which includes the reporting of our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions data (see page 37 of this 
Annual Report).
Governance 
	
+ Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference. 
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 ESG Report which is included within this Annual Report.
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 ESG Committee Report which is included within this Annual Report.
The other key governance mandates, pursuant to the written terms 
of reference of the ESG Committee (which are available on the 
Company’s website), are as follows: 
	
+ To ensure that sufficient focus and resources are given to 
implementing, monitoring and managing the Company’s ESG 
policies and processes and that these remain effective;
	
+ To ensure that the Board’s ethics are being adhered to and 
the Company continues its commitment to issues concerning 
social responsibility; 
	
+ To consider any key learnings from internal or external reviews 
and investigations of any marketing, advertising campaigns and 
promotional activities which have had a significant negative 
impact on the brand or image of the Group; and
	
+ To consider the adequacy of the Group’s ESG policies and 
processes by reviewing reports prepared by management in 
relation to:
	
– Diversity in the workplace;
	
– Security and health and safety in respect of the Group’s 
employees and premises; 
	
– Charitable donations and pro bono programmes; and
	
– The Group’s impact on the environment. 
REPORT OF THE ESG COMMITTEE CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  82
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Report of the  
Remuneration Committee
Committee attendance in FY 2024
Details of the number of scheduled Committee meetings 
and individual attendance at these meetings are set out 
in the Committee attendance table below. 
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ELIGIBLE TO 
ATTEND
SCHEDULED 
MEETINGS 
ATTENDED 
Daniel King (Chair)1
2
2 (100%)
Tami Gottlieb
2
2 (100%)
Varda Liberman 
2
2 (100%)
1	 Daniel King was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director, External Director and as a member and Chair of the 
Committee commencing 19 June 2024.
Dear Shareholder
I am privileged to have been appointed as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee as of June 2024. On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee Report for 
FY 2024. 
Since the Company’s listing on the LSE in 2013, through its transition 
from AIM to the Main Market in 2018, the Company’s ongoing 
commitment to adhering to the highest standards of corporate 
governance has not wavered. By aligning with UK standards, 
the Company demonstrates its commitment to transparency, 
shareholder engagement, and best practices in corporate 
governance, reinforcing trust and confidence among its 
stakeholders. As an Israeli incorporated company, listed outside 
of Israel, certain remuneration-related aspects remain influenced 
by legal requirements under the Israeli legal framework, which in 
part differ from the UK standards, and which are generally more 
closely aligned with those in the United States.
In order to ensure that the Company’s approach to compensation 
is consistent with both the expectations of UK investors, as well 
as the regulatory requirements under Israeli law, the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy and annual report on remuneration were 
drafted taking into consideration both UK standards and the 
requirements for an Israeli incorporated company, which operates 
in a highly competitive global technology sector.
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, 
shareholders’ approval will generally be sought for the adoption 
of a Remuneration Policy, once every three years. Accordingly, 
the Company sought shareholders’ approval in adopting its 
Remuneration Policy for the years 2024, 2025 and 2026. We are 
pleased that this policy, which was approved at our 2023 AGM, 
took effect as of 1 January 2024. 
Prior to bringing this policy for shareholders approval, the 
Remuneration Committee retained and sought advice from 
leading compensation consultants and, following ongoing 
engagement with shareholders, the Remuneration Committee 
and the Board reviewed the Remuneration Policy for the years 
2021-2023, and proposed changes to align this policy even more 
closer with UK norms and best practice. 
REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
By aligning with UK standards, the 
Company demonstrates its commitment 
to transparency, shareholder engagement, 
and best practices in corporate governance, 
reinforcing trust and confidence among 
its stakeholders.”
Daniel King
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
The Company’s Remuneration Policy for the years 2024, 2025 and 
2026 introduced several changes to accommodate this alignment 
with UK best practice, including: (1) the LTIP scheme for Executive 
Management is now 100% subject to a post-vesting holding period 
of two years, which reflects a significant positive change from the 
previous post-vesting holding period (30% on the first year of the 
LTIP award, 40% on the second year of the LTIP award and 50% on the 
third year of the LTIP award). This scheme positions the Company 
in-line with UK best practice; (2) the LTIP scheme now continues 
with a newly implemented post-contractual agreement with a 
period of two years; and (3) increasing the short-term incentive 
award deferral to 67% in shares and 33% in cash, instead of 33% in 
shares and 67% in cash.
In summary, the Company’s Remuneration Policy for the years 
2024, 2025 and 2026, including the structure of the annual bonus 
and Long-Term Incentive Plan awards, remains well-aligned with 
shareholder expectations, shareholder advisory bodies’ guidelines, 
and UK norms. The policy continues to reflect the same principles 
as in previous years, ensuring consistency and stability in the 
approach to executive compensation.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  83
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CONTINUED
The Remuneration Committee and the Board take governance 
matters very seriously and therefore acknowledged that, in 
recent years, certain shareholders have sought a greater level 
of disclosures as to the Remuneration Committee’s decision-
making process. This has been a key consideration throughout 
the Remuneration Committee’s review process. 
Our 2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report, which will be put to 
shareholders’ vote (as a non-binding advisory vote given that, 
as an Israeli incorporated company, Plus500 is not subject to 
these requirements) at our 2025 AGM provides an overview of 
remuneration paid in respect of performance in 2024. This report 
has evolved further, as Plus500 continues to provide clearer and 
transparent disclosures aligned to UK best practice, and has 
been prepared once again with the view of considering both the 
Israeli mandatory requirements and the standards for a UK-listed 
company. 
Business and financial performance
Since Plus500’s IPO in 2013 to the end of 2024, the Company has 
returned a total of $2.5bn to shareholders, through dividends and 
share buybacks, including those announced in February 2025, 
contributing to an impressive c.6,000% total return over that period. 
As a result, the Company was the best performing share on the FTSE 
All-Share Index on a total return basis (based on Bloomberg TSR of 
FTSE All-Share Index between FY 2013 to FY 2024). The Company has 
also remained debt-free since inception and continues to maintain 
a robust balance sheet, even after such substantial distributions. 
Consistent with its shareholder returns policy, and demonstrating 
the enduring strength of its balance sheet, the Company prioritises 
the execution of share buyback programmes, which are designed 
to create and enhance value for shareholders. The Company 
began implementing share buyback programmes in 2017. Through 
open communication with shareholders, these programmes have 
been progressively scaled up and are now a key component of 
the shareholder returns policy, representing at least 50% of total 
shareholder returns in a given period. 
Over the past three years, under the leadership of the current 
management team, the Company has expanded into new lines of 
business, positioning itself for growth in untapped markets. These 
strategic moves not only bolster Plus500’s competitive edge but 
also ensure long-term sustainability, diversification and strength. 
As such, it is important to recognise the collective efforts of the CEO 
and CFO which have contributed to the continued success and 
growth of Plus500. Their leadership and commitment have been 
integral to achieving these results, and the Committee is confident 
that their continued guidance will propel the Company towards 
even greater success.
During the course of 2024, there were several upgrades of external 
market consensus, reflecting the continued successful execution 
of the Company’s strategic plan. Furthermore, such increases 
underscore the critical role that the Executive Directors have played 
in driving the business forward.
In summary, Plus500’s business and financial performance in FY 
2024 was very strong, reinforcing the Group’s financial position, 
delivering further outstanding revenue and EBITDA performance.
2024 operation of policy 
2024 was another year of excellent strategic, financial and 
operational performance, and the annual bonus targets were 
met in full with bonus payable to David Zruia of $2,226,000 and 
Elad Even-Chen of $2,226,000, as a result of their leadership, hard 
work and commitment. Plus500 outperformed against a number 
of strategic objectives, including the delivery of the following 
milestones:
Operational milestones: 
	
+ Strong operating results in the US futures market. In FY 2024, the 
non-OTC business as a whole, which includes share dealing and 
futures, represented c.10% of total Group revenue, c.15% of New 
Customers and c.36% of total customer deposits, highlighting 
its growing importance to the Group.
	
+ In January 2024, the Group obtained a clearing membership 
of Eurex Clearing AG.
	
+ In 2024, Plus500 launched ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, a new, innovative 
client portal serving B2B customers. This innovation represents a 
significant leap forward for customer service in this market and 
its development has been made possible thanks to Plus500’s 
market-leading technology and commitment to best-in-class 
operations and customer service.
	
+ The B2C business onboarded a record number of New 
Customers during FY 2024, which reflects the strength of its 
trading platform, products and services. During the period, 
‘T4-Pro’, the Group’s futures trading platform aimed at more 
professional traders, was also updated to include enhanced 
trading tools, a wider product offering and options on futures.
Financial milestones: 
	
+ Excellent financial results with Group revenue of $768.3m and 
EBITDA of $342.3m in FY 2024 ,both of which were ahead of 
market expectations.
	
+ The Group’s financial position remained extremely strong with 
cash balances of $890.0m as of 31 December 2024. 
	
+ During FY 2024, the Company returned to shareholders $345.2m, 
comprising share buybacks of $195.0m and dividends of $150.2m.
	
+ Additional shareholder returns of $200.0m were announced 
in February 2025, comprising a share buyback programme of 
$110.0m and dividends of $90.0m. 
Full details of the remuneration payable for FY 2024 performance 
are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  84
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

67%
33%
Female 
Male (including 
Committee Chair)
Independent 
(including Committee Chair)
Non-Independent 
100%
The Remuneration Committee and the Board comprehensively 
assessed Executive Management’s performance against 
these targets and, given Executive Management’s substantial 
commitment in leading and delivering Plus500’s outstanding 
strategic, operational and financial performance during FY 2024, 
determined that these targets were met in full. Furthermore, the 
Committee and the Board are comfortable that the remuneration 
paid for 2024 is aligned to the strong performance in the year and 
investor returns, particularly in the context of a challenging macro-
economic environment and the impact of ongoing uncertainty 
within the international capital markets, bringing an additional 
layer of complexity which management handled extremely well.
Concluding remarks 
Since the results of our 2024 AGM, the Chair and Executive 
Management team engaged with various shareholder advisory 
bodies and a number of shareholders, taking into account their 
feedback.
All the resolutions put to the 2024 AGM were approved by the 
requisite majority with the exception of the non-binding advisory 
resolution to approve the 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report.
The Board noted that one resolution proposed at the 2024 AGM 
passed with more than 20% of votes cast against. This resolution 
related to the re-election of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel as Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Board, where 71.57% of votes cast were 
in favour. 
Since the 2024 AGM, consistent with the Company’s commitment 
to maintaining ongoing, transparent dialogue with all stakeholders, 
the Board put in place a detailed plan to engage with its key 
shareholders and the shareholder advisory bodies to which the 
majority of the Company’s shareholders are subscribed, namely 
ISS and Glass Lewis. The feedback received is further detailed on 
page 97.
The Board remains fully committed to achieving the highest 
governance standards and will continue to engage regularly with 
shareholders and to consider their views in its decision-making.
I look forward to reporting on the Remuneration Committee’s 
further progress in next year’s Annual Report.
Daniel King
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
23 March 2025
Committee composition
The Code recommends a remuneration committee 
to consist of at least three members and that all of its 
members be Non-Executive Directors, independent in 
character and judgement and free from any relationship 
or circumstance which may, could or would be likely to, or 
appear to, affect their judgement.
The Companies Law requires a remuneration committee 
to consist of at least three members, and all of the 
External Directors must be members of the committee 
and constitute the majority thereof. The remaining 
members must qualify to serve as members of the Audit 
Committee as defined in the Companies Law and whose 
compensation is in accordance with the compensation 
requirements applicable to the External Directors. The 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee must be an External 
Director.
The Remuneration Committee comprises three 
Independent Non-Executive Directors: Daniel King (as of 
June 2024), Tami Gottlieb and Prof. Varda Liberman and is 
chaired by Daniel King. Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King are 
External Directors under the Companies Law. Details of 
the skills and experience of the Remuneration Committee 
members can be found on pages 54 to 57. 
Committee 
independence
Committee 
gender diversity
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  85
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Annual report on remuneration 2024
This section of the Annual Report describes the 
implementation of the terms of reference, Israeli law 
requirements and the provisions of the Code.
Committee responsibilities and activities
The Remuneration Committee meets not less than twice a 
year and at such other times as required. The Remuneration 
Committee has responsibility for determining, within the 
agreed terms of reference, the Companies Law provisions 
and subject to the Remuneration Policy, the Group’s policy 
on the remuneration packages of the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Chair of the 
Board and the other Non-Executive Directors, the Company 
Secretary and other senior executives determined by the 
Committee.
The other key governance mandates of the Committee 
pursuant to the Companies Law and the written terms 
of reference of the Remuneration Committee (which are 
available on the Company’s website) are as follows:
	
+ Reviewing the Remuneration Policy and making 
recommendations to the Board with respect to the 
approval of the Remuneration Policy at least once every 
three years;
	
+ Reviewing the implementation of the Remuneration 
Policy and periodically making recommendations to 
the Board with respect to any amendments or updates 
of the Remuneration Policy;
	
+ In determining remuneration policies for the Company’s 
senior management and/or individual remuneration 
packages of each Executive Director, the Chair of the 
Board and other designated senior executives, the 
Remuneration Committee is required to give regard 
to the relevant legal and regulatory requirements, the 
provisions of the Companies Law, the provisions and 
recommendations of the Code and associated guidance;
	
+ Approving and determining the targets for any 
performance-related pay schemes; and
	
+ Reviewing the design of all share incentive plans to be 
brought for approval by the Board and (if required or 
deemed appropriate) the shareholders.
REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CONTINUED
A summary of the major activities and decisions of the Committee 
in 2024 is set out below:
Base salary/
service fees
	
+ Reviewed the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. 
	
+ Reviewed and approved the Chair’s and Non-
Executive Directors’ fees and recommended 
them to the Board and the Company’s 
shareholders.
Bonus
	
+ Reviewed the performance of the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Executive Directors 
compared to the targets previously set and 
approved.
Long-Term 
Incentive 
Plans (“LTIPs”)/ 
Restricted 
Share Units 
(“RSUs”)
	
+ Reviewed the Executive Directors’ 2025 LTIP 
plans. 
	
+ Reviewed and approved the 2025 RSU grants 
to Executive employees. 
Remuneration 
Policy for 
Directors and 
Executives 
	
+ Reviewed alignment with the Remuneration 
Policy for Directors and Executives for the 
years 2024-2026, which was approved at the 
2023 AGM held in May 2023.
Governance 
	
+ Oversaw the rotation in the Committee 
membership (as of June 2024).
	
+ Engaged with shareholder advisory bodies.
	
+ Reviewed corporate governance and 
determined the appropriate levels 
of disclosure for the 2024 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 AGM remuneration report 
results and investor and shareholder advisory 
bodies’ views on remuneration.
	
+ Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference 
in light of the Code and the Companies Law.
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Remuneration Committee 
Report which is included within this Annual 
Report.
	
+ Reviewed the 2024 Directors’ Remuneration 
Report, which is included within this Annual 
Report.
The Company Secretary ensures that the Remuneration 
Committee fulfils its duties under the Companies Law and its terms 
of reference and provides regular updates to the Remuneration 
Committee on relevant regulatory developments in the UK, 
information on Israeli market trends and compensation structures 
on a broader group level.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  86
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Remuneration policy 
Pursuant to the Companies Law, all public Israeli companies, 
including companies whose shares are only publicly listed 
outside of Israel, such as Plus500, are required to adopt a written 
remuneration policy for their Directors and Executives, which 
addresses certain items prescribed by the Companies Law. The 
adoption, amendment and restatement of the policy is to be 
recommended by the Remuneration Committee and approved 
by the Board and the Company’s shareholders.
Objectives of the Remuneration Policy 
The Remuneration Policy is set to ensure that remuneration is 
sufficiently competitive in order to attract and retain talented 
and experienced Executive Directors, who are appropriately 
incentivised to drive excellent business and operational 
performance, while considering the approach to remuneration 
throughout the Group. As such, the Company’s Remuneration 
Policy for FY 2024 – FY 2026 was designed taking into account the 
principles of Provision 40 of the Code. 
The Remuneration Committee believes that the Remuneration 
Policy meets these principles, as summarised below: 
	
+ Clarity – The Remuneration Policy provides open and 
transparent disclosures on Executive Directors’ remuneration 
arrangements and promotes effective engagement with 
shareholders and the workforce.
	
+ Simplicity – The Remuneration Policy is designed to be easy 
and straightforward to understand, as well as easy to monitor. 
	
+ Predictability – The Remuneration Policy includes details of 
the maximum opportunity levels for each component of pay. 
Actual incentive outcomes vary depending on the level of the 
performance achieved against specific measures. 
	
+ Proportionality – The Remuneration Policy clearly links between 
individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term 
performance of the Group. We believe that the outcomes reward 
excellent performance.
	
+ Alignment to culture – Incentive schemes within the 
Remuneration Policy drive behaviours consistent with Plus500’s 
purpose, values and strategy.
Remuneration Policy for the years 2024, 2025 and 2026 
The Company’s Remuneration Policy for Directors and Executives 
has evolved significantly in recent years, based on the feedback 
received from the Company’s shareholders and shareholder 
advisory bodies.
The Company has enhanced its remuneration policy thoroughly, 
structuring it with both short- and long-term components, 
satisfying shareholder views and UK standards. In addition, the 
remuneration policy was crafted with the support of external 
advisors and certain shareholder feedback. 
In 2023, the Remuneration Committee introduced a three-year 
remuneration policy for Directors and Executives, covering FY 2024 
– FY 2026, which was built upon the framework established in the 
previous policy (covering FY 2021 – FY 2023). Both remuneration 
policies were carefully drafted with guidance from advisory firms 
such as Korn Ferry.
The remuneration policy covers a period of three years, bringing 
stability, clarity and transparency to shareholders as well as further 
updating the policy to fit UK standards, for example, by shifting 
the structure of the awards to have a higher percentage settled 
in shares instead of cash.
The policy emphasises transparency and fairness, ensuring 
alignment with market practices and Plus500’s strategic goals. 
Regular reviews are conducted to maintain its relevance, with any 
material changes subject to additional shareholder approval. 
This framework reflects the Company’s commitment to fostering 
sustainable growth and creating value for shareholders over the 
years 2024-2026 and beyond.
The Remuneration Policy, covering the years FY 2024, FY 2025 and 
FY 2026, includes several changes to accommodate this closer 
alignment with UK best practice. In particular: 
	
+ The LTIP scheme for Executive Management is 100% subject 
to a post-vesting holding period of two years, which reflects 
a significant improvement from the previous post-vesting 
holding period (30% on the first year of the LTIP award, 40% on 
the second year of the LTIP award and 50% on the third year of 
the LTIP award). This scheme positions the Company in-line 
with UK best practice;
	
+ The LTIP scheme continued with a newly implemented post-
contractual agreement with a period of two years; 
	
+ Annual bonus award deferral to 67% in shares and 33% in cash, 
instead of 33% in shares and 67% in cash; and
	
+ The Remuneration Committee and the Board confirmed that 
the targeted KPIs included within the Remuneration Policy 
are sufficiently stretched and additional disclosures have 
been included in order to provide a greater level of visibility for 
shareholders.
In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, 
shareholders’ approval will continue to be sought for our 
Remuneration Policy at least once every three years. The 
Company’s shareholders approved the current policy at our 2023 
AGM, held in May 2023, and we remain committed to reviewing the 
policy once its term concludes.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  87
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

REPORT OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CONTINUED
Stakeholder engagement 
Employees, customers and service providers 
The Board regularly communicates with and receives feedback 
from the Group’s employees through a variety of channels. Steve 
Baldwin, as the designated Non-Executive Director dedicated 
to workforce engagement, meets on a yearly basis with the 
Group’s workforce and, at such meetings, employees have the 
opportunity to share their views, including on executive and 
employee remuneration.
In addition, employees can contact Mr. Baldwin directly on matters 
they wish to discuss with him or with the Board. Mr. Baldwin also 
regularly communicates with senior management who have 
connections with other stakeholders of the Company, such as 
customers and suppliers. Mr. Baldwin reports any key messages 
from these meetings to the Board and ensures that they are 
considered as part of the Board’s decision-making process. 
Plus500 holds regular employee workshops and briefings on a 
variety of topics and conducts round table discussions with its 
employees worldwide.
The Company seeks to consider and act on employee feedback 
and is committed to ensuring that its remuneration structures 
are supported by its employees. The Company is also continually 
working to develop best practice in-line with the Code and 
is considering whether additional channels of employee 
communication are required in order to better develop employee 
engagement and foster stronger connections with its workforce.
Shareholders and shareholder advisory bodies
The Chair of the Board, as well as the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, are in communication with shareholders of the 
Company on a variety of matters and are grateful for shareholders’ 
engagement and feedback during FY 2024.
As mentioned, in developing the Company’s Remuneration 
Policy for the years 2024, 2025 and 2026, which was approved 
by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, the Committee consulted with 
major shareholders and engaged with other shareholder advisory 
bodies. Shareholders are also aware that, as the Company is 
subject to Israeli law, there are local laws that the Company must 
comply with that may not be fully aligned with UK standards.
The Board always takes the outcome of shareholder votes 
seriously and, going forward, will continue its engagement and 
dialogue with shareholders and their representatives and will 
continue to consider related shareholder feedback, with a view 
to implementing this feedback, as appropriate. 
Further details on shareholders and shareholder advisory bodies’ 
engagement made during 2024, can be found in our Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 97. 
Approach to recruitment and 
remuneration of Executive Directors 
Plus500 believes that strong, effective leadership is fundamental 
to its continued growth and future success. This requires the 
ability to attract, retain, reward and motivate highly-skilled 
Executive Directors, with the competencies needed to excel in a 
rapidly changing marketplace and to continually motivate their 
employees. 
When setting remuneration packages for new Executive Directors, 
compensation will be set in-line with the Remuneration Policy of 
the Company. Several factors will be considered, including: the 
geography in which the role competes or is recruited from; the 
candidate’s experience and skills; the remuneration levels of other 
Executive Directors and colleagues in peer companies in Israel and 
in the international market; and market standards and norms in 
the UK and the international markets.
Relocation expenses
If necessary, and subject to the Executive Directors being asked 
according to the Company’s needs, to relocate to another location, 
either on a stand-alone basis or together with their families, they 
will be provided with a contribution towards relocation expenses, 
all housing and related expenses, all school fees, travel costs, and 
all other related fees, all in line with the related countries and the 
level of executive seniority applicable to the executives and their 
families.
Ongoing evolution of Remuneration Policy 
The Company’s remuneration policy has evolved significantly 
in recent years and now has a fundamental new structure and 
perspective to accommodate best practice, based on the 
feedback received from the Group’s shareholders and shareholder 
advisory bodies. A new structure of remuneration policy, covering 
a period of three years, was first introduced for FY 2021 – FY 2023. In 
2023, the Remuneration Committee introduced a new three-year 
remuneration policy, covering FY 2024 – FY 2026, which was built 
upon the framework previously established. Both remuneration 
policies were carefully drafted with guidance from advisory firms 
such as Korn Ferry.
The current remuneration policy for the years FY 2024 – FY 2026 
was enhanced to reflect the best UK standards. The policy 
emphasises transparency and fairness, ensuring alignment with 
market practices and Plus500’s strategic goals. Regular reviews are 
conducted to maintain its relevance, with any material changes 
subject to additional shareholder approval. This framework reflects 
the Company’s commitment to fostering sustainable growth and 
creating value for shareholders over the years 2024, 2025, 2026 and 
beyond. Plus500 remains committed to reviewing any necessary 
adjustments to the policy once its term concludes.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  88
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The current plan underscores management’s long-term 
commitment. For example, 84% of the variable compensation 
prioritises equity-based grants over cash allocations. This 
approach reflects an even higher proportion than the UK 
standards, further emphasising the focus on sustained growth 
and value creation. The Remuneration Committee, and the Board 
as a whole are confident that these remuneration terms align the 
individual contributions of the Executive Directors with the overall 
success of the Group.
In-line with the Company’s objectives, we have maintained a 
responsible and balanced approach to remuneration. The annual 
review of remuneration packages takes into consideration the 
broader market conditions, Plus500’s financial health and the 
achievement of specific milestones outlined in the Company’s 
strategic plan. The remuneration terms for the Executive Directors 
reflect a commitment to align executive remuneration with the 
long-term interests of the Company and its shareholders. 
Accordingly, the remuneration structure includes a combination of 
fixed salaries, performance-based incentives and equity-based 
awards, designed to incentivise the successful delivery of our 
strategic goals and create shareholder value. 
Plus500’s Executive Directors, the Group CEO and CFO, have both 
been with the Company for over 14 years, and they have been 
instrumental in crafting the Group’s long-term vision. They are 
fully committed to the Company’s sustained success and to its 
stakeholders.
Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a one-year term and 
are subject to re-election at each AGM. External Directors are 
appointed by shareholders at an EGM or AGM for a three-year 
term commencing on the date of their appointment by the 
shareholders. This term may be extended for up to two additional 
three-year terms subject to re-election by shareholders at an EGM 
or AGM. The term of office can be terminated by the Non-Executive 
Director with two months’ written notice, or by the Company 
with immediate effect if the Non-Executive Director is not re-
elected or is otherwise removed from office in accordance with 
the Articles. Notwithstanding this, External Directors’ service may 
be terminated by the Company also in such circumstances and 
manner provided under the Companies Law. Upon termination 
no additional payments are due.
The table below details the date and period of appointment of each presiding 
Non‑Executive Director
NAME
POSITION
DATE OF INITIAL 
APPOINTMENT TO THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
DATE OF MOST RECENT 
APPOINTMENT TO THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
PERIOD OF 
APPOINTMENT
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and Chair
May 2021
May 2024
1 year
Prof. Varda Liberman
Senior Independent  
Non‑Executive Director
March 2022
May 2024
1 year
Tami Gottlieb
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and External Director
March 2021
March 2024
3 years
Daniel King
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and External Director
June 2024
N/A
3 years
Steve Baldwin
Independent Non-Executive Director
June 2017
May 2024
1 year
The table below details the date and period of appointment of each presiding 	
Executive Director
NAME
POSITION
DATE OF INITIAL 
APPOINTMENT TO THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
DATE OF MOST RECENT 
APPOINTMENT TO THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
PERIOD OF 
APPOINTMENT
David Zruia
Executive Director
April 2020
May 2024
1 year
Elad Even-Chen
Executive Director
June 2016
May 2024
1 year
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  89
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
Annual report on  
remuneration 2024
Introduction
This report sets out information about the remuneration of the Board members of the Company, for the year ended 31 December 2024.
Audited information – Directors’ remuneration – 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 
Single figure of remuneration
The detailed emoluments received by the Executive and Non-Executive Directors during the year ended 31 December 2024 are detailed 
below. 
The information provided in this section and accompanying notes has been audited by Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited. 
BASE SALARY/ 
SERVICE FEES1
OTHER  
EXPENSES2
TOTAL  
FIXED PAY
ANNUAL  
BONUS
LTIPs/ 
RSUs
TOTAL  
VARIABLE PAY
TOTAL
(US$000)
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Executive Directors
David Zruia
890
639
199
143
1,089
782
2,226
1,395
1,654
1,559
3,880
2,954
4,969
3,736
Elad Even-Chen
890
639
199 
143
1,089 
782
2,226
1,395
1,654
1,559
3,880
2,954
4,969
3,736
Non-Executive Directors
Jacob A. Frenkel (Chair)
740 
740
–
–
740
740
–
–
–
–
–
–
740
740
Varda Liberman
130
130
–
–
130
130
–
–
–
–
–
–
130
130
Tami Gottlieb 
130
130
–
–
130
130
–
–
–
–
–
–
130
130
Steve Baldwin
130
130
–
–
130
130
–
–
–
–
–
–
130
130
Anne Grim3
130
98
–
–
130
98
–
–
–
–
–
–
130
98
Daniel King4
69
–
–
–
69
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
69
–
1	 The remuneration terms comprised a salary for David Zruia and service contract fees for Elad Even-Chen (the “base service fees”) according to the 
FX rate approved at the AGM.
2	 Includes social and other contractual-related expenses.
3	 Anne Grim stepped down from the Board in September 2023 after completing a three-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director and 
External Director and was elected by shareholders in January 2024 for a one-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director, commencing 
as of that date. Accordingly, during the above-mentioned period in which she did not serve as a Non-Executive Director, she did not receive any 
payment. She completed the one-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director on 7 January 2025, and accordingly stepped down from the 
Board as of this date. 
4	 Daniel King commenced his three-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director in June 2024, following shareholders’ 
approval at the Company’s 2024 EGM held on 8 January 2024.
General note: In-line with the UK reporting regulations, LTIP and RSU awards shall be reported within the Remuneration Report in the year that the 
performance period ends, with the value of the award on grant date. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  90
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Commentary on the single figure table 
Base salary, base service fees and social and other contractual-related expenses
David Zruia’s base salary in 2024 was ILS 3,300,000 as approved at the AGM on 2 May 2023. Elad Even-Chen’s base service fee in 2024 
was ILS 3,300,000 as approved at the AGM on 2 May 2023.
Annual Bonus
The 2024 annual bonus for the Executive Directors was determined based on the achievement of the performance measures and 
targets set out below: 
FINANCIAL  
METRICS
WEIGHTING
OBJECTIVES
PERFORMANCE
ACHIEVEMENT  
(% OF MAXIMUM)
EPS
40%
EPS target to be set according to stretched external 
independent consensus to be set by third-party analysts. 
Achievement of an EPS growth rate. Target EPS threshold of 
$2.48. Minimum threshold is 15% lower EPS from the target 
threshold EPS and the maximum payout is made for reaching 
a 15% increase from the target threshold, calculated on a 
linear basis.
Actual basic EPS for 
FY 2024 is $3.57
100%
Revenue
20%
Revenue target to be set according to stretched external 
independent consensus. Achievement of revenue growth 
rate. Target revenue threshold of $615.9m. Minimum threshold 
is 15% lower revenue from the target threshold revenue and 
the maximum payout is made for reaching a 15% increase 
from the target threshold, calculated on a linear basis.
Actual Revenue for 
FY 2024 is $768.3m
100%
Total
60%
100%
NON-FINANCIAL 
METRICS
WEIGHTING
OBJECTIVES 
PERFORMANCE
ACHIEVEMENT 
(% OF MAXIMUM)
Operational
40%
Achievement of operational targets comprise three equally 
weighted elements (13.3% each): Customer Satisfaction and 
Systems Availability; Operational Processing; and Risk and 
Regulation.
Parameters achieved 
for FY 2024
100%
Total
40%
100%
The Remuneration Committee and the Board comprehensively assessed Executive Management’s performance against these 
stretched targets, which were set before the start of FY 2024. Given the Executive Management’s substantial commitment in leading 
and delivering Plus500’s excellent strategic, operational and financial performance during FY 2024, the Remuneration Committee and 
the Board determined that these targets were met in full. Further details of the financial and non-financial KPIs are as follows:
Financial KPIs: the EPS and revenue targets applying to the performance-related Annual Bonus are reviewed annually, and the 
Remuneration Committee uses external market consensus as a basis for the threshold targets. This is the external market consensus 
of various analysts which cover the Company in their views towards the Company’s performance. The Remuneration Committee 
believes that using the external market consensus as a basis for the threshold target allows for alignment between remuneration 
paid to Executive Directors and the market expectations. Thus, the Committee feels comfortable that such independent measures are 
sufficiently stretched. 
The financial target performance related to the Annual Bonus are typically in-line with the top end of external market expectations. 
Plus500 FY 2024 EPS target of $2.48, which was based on external market expectations, took into consideration a stretched growth 
element, compared to the FY 2023 target EPS of $2.35 and the FY 2022 target EPS of $1.91 which also were based on external market 
expectations. Therefore, the FY 2024 EPS target of $2.48, was stretched and higher than that of the two previous years. Additionally, the 
actual outcome of FY 2024 EPS was meaningfully higher than the targeted external market expectations, as a result of the Executive 
Management’s successful deployment against the Group’s strategic roadmap. 
EPS is a primary KPI and important underlying measure for Plus500, which helps investors compare the Group’s performance to its 
peer group and the wider market. It takes into account the underlying performance, including revenue and profitability of the business. 
Therefore, the Remuneration Committee believes EPS should remain an important element in both the Annual Bonus and LTIP awards 
for Executive Management. 
FY 2024 performance reflects both current achievements and the ongoing impact of projects from previous years. The strategic shift 
from a single-product OTC model to a global multi-asset operation is evident with the non-OTC business as a whole, representing 
c.10% of total Group revenue, c.15% of New Customers and c.36% of total customer deposits, in FY 2024. This evolution marks a significant 
step in the Group’s growth, with projects underway that are expected to contribute to long-term performance and continued value 
creation in the years ahead.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  91
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Non-financial KPIs: the operational KPIs outlined in the table above comprise three equally weighted elements, as follows:
	
+ Customer Satisfaction and Systems Availability – measured by applicable KPIs. The Group places a strong emphasis on customer 
care and protection, with a clear aspiration to maximise the customer experience. The Board firmly believes that continued future 
growth for Plus500 depends on an ongoing focus on customer satisfaction levels, measured quantitatively. Customer satisfaction 
is driven by Plus500’s customer-centric approach and a heightened focus on retention and service enhancements. This progress is 
evident in the strong client tenure, with 88% of OTC revenue being generated by customers trading with Plus500 for more than a year, 
67% from customers trading for more than three years, and 35% for more than five years. Furthermore, the reduction in churn levels 
in 2024 underscores the effectiveness of these efforts, highlighting the Group’s commitment to fostering long-term relationships 
with its customers. The Company adheres to the highest standards of technology, ensuring robust and reliable systems. In FY 2024, 
system availability exceeded 99%, demonstrating Plus500’s commitment to providing seamless, uninterrupted service. This level of 
performance is consistent with the expectations of a leading technology company, reaffirming the Group’s dedication to maintaining 
an optimal user experience;
	
+ Operational Processing – development and implementation of new technologies to enable the expansion of localised payment 
abilities, measured by the level of functionality of various technology-based operational systems. Plus500 is strategically positioned 
to integrate innovative payment methods, particularly for its new US operations, introducing advanced technological solutions that 
benefit end-users. In parallel, the Company continued to expand and enhance its payment solutions for the OTC product offering 
across key markets. In FY 2024, more than three new payment methods were successfully implemented and other technological 
solutions were developed internally to enable such new capabilities. Furthermore, the US Futures B2B business launched a revolutionary 
new customer portal called ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, which provides IBs and institutional customers with a transparent and easy-to-use 
platform offering a variety of different functions including position monitoring and collateral management services; and
	
+ Risk and Regulation – measured by KPIs related to the regulatory framework. As a Group which has various highly regulated wholly-
owned subsidiaries, there are thresholds to be met in order to confirm there are appropriate and clear outcomes to the risk and 
regulatory framework. In FY 2024, such thresholds were fully met. 
Additional details of these targets and performance against them are not disclosed, as the Board believes they are commercially 
sensitive. These specific targets remain market sensitive, as they constitute an integral part of Plus500’s ongoing business operations. 
The Remuneration Committee has made substantial improvements in the level of disclosure compared to previous years, reflecting 
its commitment to transparency and in response to shareholder feedback. As a result, this report includes a comprehensive range of 
information, to the fullest extent possible, considering the nature of the objectives. This ensures that investors can be confident that the 
Remuneration Committee and the Board have applied a diligent and thorough approach in setting objectives, defining targets, and 
accurately measuring their outcomes. 
Based on the performance against these targets described above, the Remuneration Committee and the Board agreed the following 
2024 bonus awards based on 100% of the maximum opportunity to present achievements and meeting targets.
2024 bonus awards (US$000)
CASH BONUS
BONUS 
ALLOCATED IN 
SHARES
TOTAL ANNUAL 
BONUS
MAXIMUM OPPORTUNITY 
AS PERCENTAGE OF 
ANNUAL SALARY/BASE 
SERVICE FEES* 
David Zruia 
742
1,484
2,226
250%
Elad Even-Chen
742
1,484
2,226
250%
*	Percentage calculation based on annual employment/contractual agreements in ILS.
According to the Executive Directors’ remuneration scheme, an amount equal to 66.67% of the Annual Bonus achieved was paid by 
way of allotment of ordinary shares of the Company on 31 December 2024. The number of ordinary shares allotted on the payment 
date was calculated based on the ordinary share price of GBP 14.67 (which constitutes the fixed share price for the entire three-year 
remuneration plan, approved at the 2023 AGM, covering the years 2024, 2025 and 2026), as adjusted for total shareholder returns. The 
allotted ordinary shares are subject to a post-vesting holding period.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  92
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

2025 LTIP Awards
Scheme interests awarded during the year ending 31 December 2024
Executive Directors were granted LTIP grants in respect of 2025 which will vest after three years to the extent performance targets and 
KPIs have been achieved, as summarised in the table below.
TARGETS
PERFORMANCE MEASURE
WEIGHTING
THRESHOLD (25% OF MAX)
MAXIMUM (100% OF MAX)
Relative TSR vs bespoke group*
20%
Median
Median plus 10% p.a.
Relative TSR vs FTSE 250
10%
Median
Upper Quartile
EPS
30%
Subject to achieving EPS target to be set according 
to stretched external independent consensus
Strategic
20%
Subject to achieving strategic objectives, as set 
by the Board and related to growth through M&A, 
new products and new markets
Operational
20%
Subject to achieving operational objectives, as set 
by the Board and related to customer growth and 
people objectives
*	For this bespoke group, Plus500 uses a group of companies that have similar characteristics and which operate in similar markets.
The details for the LTIP awards granted to each Executive Director are shown below.
GRANT DATE
NUMBER OF 
SHARES GRANTED
FACE VALUE OF THE 
AWARD (USD)
VESTING DATE
MAXIMUM OPPORTUNITY AS 
PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL 
SALARY/BASE SERVICE FEES*
David Zruia
31 December 2024
126,981
2,337,000
31 December 2027
250%
Elad Even-Chen
31 December 2024
126,981
2,337,000
31 December 2027
250%
*	Percentage calculation based on annual amounts of the contractual agreements in ILS.
General note: Face value of the award and the number of shares granted on grant date are calculated with reference to share price of GBP 14.67 (which 
constitutes the fixed share price for the entire three-year remuneration plan, approved at the 2023 AGM, covering the years 2024, 2025 and 2026) and 
FX rate USD/ILS of 3.6542.
The ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date, which are subject to a lock-up period, shall be subject to a two-year lock-up beginning 
on the vesting date.
On the vesting date the Company shall allot to the employee or service contractor, ordinary shares, subject to the service condition 
and achieving specific KPIs as described in the table above for each grant.
Further details of a number of the performance measures outlined above in relation to the 2025 LTIP awards are as follows: 
EPS: the EPS target uses market consensus as a basis for the threshold targets. This is the external market consensus of various analysts 
which cover the Company in their views towards the Company’s performance. The Remuneration Committee believes that using the 
external market consensus as a basis for the EPS target allows for alignment between remuneration paid to Executive Directors and the 
external market expectations. Thus, the Committee feels comfortable that such independent measures are sufficiently stretching. The 
target performance requires meaningful improvement, and financial targets are typically in-line with the top end of external market 
expectations. 
Operational: the operational objectives consist of integration of new business, regulation of new products, customer service and people. 
These objectives are measured by such factors as: 
	
+ ESG targets, such as gender diversity, aligned to the Group’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy. Measurable elements are in 
place in relation to gender diversity; and
	
+  A clear approach to recruitment, aligned to the Group’s strategy in this area. 
Strategic: the strategic objectives are based on development of the business as a global multi-asset fintech group and consist of 
launching new products and entering new geographic markets, which was achieved in a number of ways, including: 
	
+ In 2024, Plus500 launched ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, a new, innovative client portal serving B2B customers;
	
+ In January 2024, the Group obtained a clearing membership of Eurex Clearing AG;
	
+ In January 2025, the Group obtained a new regulatory licence in the UAE from the Securities and Commodities Authority (“SCA”); and
	
+ In January 2025, the Group obtained a clearing membership of ICE Clear US.
The exact KPIs for the LTIP strategic and operational metrics remain commercially sensitive at this time and/or contain or are based 
upon data that is not otherwise included in the Company’s market guidance (such as the Group’s expected profitability), and therefore 
will be retrospectively disclosed within the Annual Report in the Remuneration Report with performance against them.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  93
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The 2022 LTIP Grants were subject to service conditions as well as additional performance targets and KPIs. The 2022 LTIP Grants vested 
on 31 December 2024 and the Company issued 648,370 of its treasury shares.
FINANCIAL  
METRICS
WEIGHTING
OBJECTIVES
PERFORMANCE
ACHIEVEMENT 
(% OF MAXIMUM)
EPS
30%
Subject to achieving EPS growth based on a targeted EPS 
to be set according to stretched external independent 
consensus and calculated on a linear basis, with 25 per cent. 
payable upon achievement of 15% lower EPS from the target 
threshold EPS and 100 per cent. payable upon achievement 
of a 15% increase from the target threshold, calculated on a 
linear basis.
Parameters were 
fully achieved for the 
period
100%
TSR 
10%
Subject to achieving the median FTSE 250 TSR target and 
calculated on a linear basis, with 25 per cent. payable upon 
achievement of median TSR for FTSE 250 and 100 per cent. 
payable upon achievement of upper quartile for TSR for 
FTSE 250.
Parameters were 
fully achieved for the 
period
100%
TSR*
20%
Subject to achieving the median of bespoke group TSR target 
and calculated on a linear basis, with 25 per cent. payable 
upon achievement of median TSR for bespoke group and 
100 per cent. payable upon achievement of median TSR for 
bespoke group plus 10 per cent. p.a.
Parameters were 
fully achieved for the 
period
100%
Total
60%
100%
*	For this bespoke group, Plus500 used a group of companies that have similar characteristics and which operate in similar markets.
NON-FINANCIAL 
METRICS
WEIGHTING
OBJECTIVES
PERFORMANCE
ACHIEVEMENT 
(% OF MAXIMUM)
Strategic
20%
Achievement against Board approved strategic objectives, 
covering the following areas: 
	
+ Growth through M&A 
	
+ New products and new markets
Parameters were 
fully achieved for 
the period
100%
Operational
20%
Achievement against Board approved operational objectives, 
covering the following areas: 
	
+ Customer growth 
	
+ People objectives
Parameters were 
fully achieved for 
the period
100%
Total
40%
100%
The Committee and the Board carefully assessed performance against objectives set for the 2022 LTIP awards and noting exceptionally 
strong performance against all the objectives set, determined the achievement of the objectives at a level of 100% of the maximum 
opportunity.
The Strategic objectives are based on development of the business as a global multi-asset fintech group and consist of launching new 
products and entering new geographic markets, both organically and through bolt-on acquisitions, which were achieved in a number 
of dimensions during the period, including obtaining regulatory licences and clearing memberships in several territories such as the 
USA, Japan, Estonia, UAE, the Bahamas. Launching new products such as the ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, an innovative client portal serving B2B 
customers in the US, the updated ‘T4-Pro’ the Group’s futures trading platform aimed at more professional traders, the Plus500 Futures 
trading platform, the Plus500 share dealing trading platform, the FX OTC trading platform for the Japanese retail market and +insights.
The Operational objectives consist of integration of new business, regulation of new products, customer service and people. These 
objectives are measured by defined recruitment targets, as well as by ESG targets, such as gender diversity, aligned to the Group’s Equality, 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy. Measurable elements are in place in relation to gender diversity and a clear approach to recruitment, 
aligned to the Group’s strategy in this area. The Group had a great success to retain its employees and to recruit new employees in 
order to support its strategic roadmap and as employee welfare and development is a key priority for the Group. 
Further specific details of these targets and performance against them are not disclosed, as the Remuneration Committee and the 
Board believe they are commercially sensitive. They will remain market sensitive because they are an integral part of our ongoing 
business operations. The Remuneration Committee has provided as much information as it is able to, given the nature of the objectives, 
so that investors can be comfortable that the Remuneration Committee has used a thorough approach in setting the objectives and 
targets and measuring the outcome. 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  94
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Further information on 2024 remuneration 
Directors’ shareholdings and share plan interests
Summary of Directors’ shareholdings and share plan interests as at 31 December 20241.
OUTSTANDING SCHEME  
INTERESTS AS AT 31/12/2024
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP IN SHARES
SUBJECT TO 
PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS
WITHOUT 
PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS 
AS AT  
1 JANUARY  
2024
AS AT  
31 DECEMBER 
20242
Executive Directors
David Zruia
529,338
–
207,560
638,719
Elad Even-Chen3 
529,338
–
696,768
1,127,927
Non-Executive Directors
Jacob A. Frenkel
–
–
32,619
45,684
Varda Liberman
–
–
–
–
Tami Gottlieb
–
–
1,003
1,003
Steve Baldwin
–
–
–
–
Anne Grim4
–
–
–
–
Daniel King5
–
–
N/A
37,582
As of 31 December 2024, none of the presiding Board members held more than 1.5% in the Company’s issued share capital. 
1	 As disclosed above, none of the Directors has any interest in the share capital of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries, nor persons connected 
to the Directors (within the meaning of s.252 of the Companies Act 2006) have any such interest, whether beneficial or non-beneficial.
2	 As at 31 December 2024 and up to the date of this Annual Report.
3	 The shares are registered in the name of Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd. or Elad Even-Chen.
4	 Anne Grim stepped down from the Board on 7 January 2025, after completing her term as an Independent Non-Executive Director.
5	 Daniel King commenced his three-year term as an Independent Non-Executive Director and External Director on 19 June 2024, following 
shareholders’ approval at the Company’s 2024 EGM held on 8 January 2024.
General notes:
(a)	Outstanding scheme interests as at 31 December 2024 include 2023, 2024 and 2025 LTIP awards that have not vested and the 2025 annual bonus 
awards settled in shares that have not vested. 
(b)	Beneficial ownership in shares include all share plan interests together with any holdings of ordinary shares.
(c)	Total allotment of shares on 31 December 2024 included equity amounts associated with equity bonus schemes and LTIP grants to be vested on 
31 December 2024, subject to total shareholder returns up to the allotment date.
(d)	The number of ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date was calculated based on the ordinary share price at grant date per each plan, as 
adjusted for total shareholder returns, up to the allotment date. An amount equal to the applicable tax liability connected to the LTIPs, RSUs and 
annual bonus plans deferred in shares, shall be added by way of gross-up and be paid in cash to fund the tax liability. The allotted ordinary shares 
will be transferred out of the treasury shares of the Company.
(e)	Shareholder Returns includes dividends and share buybacks. 
 (f)	Shareholding requirement as a percentage of annual salary/base service fee is 200%. As at 31 December 2024, the Executive Directors meet 
the requirement.
Executive Director’s service contract 
Elad Even-Chen – Chief Financial Officer
The consulting services of Elad Even-Chen are provided to the Company through Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd., pursuant to 
the service contract entered into by the parties. Elad Even-Chen Consulting Services Ltd. is also entitled to participate in a bonus, LTIP 
schemes and other contractual-related expenses on terms decided by the Remuneration Committee for specific projects provided 
by the consultant.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  95
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Performance graph and table
Plus500 was admitted to the Alternative Investment Market of the LSE on 24 July 2013. Following a period of sustained growth, the Company 
applied for Admission to the Main Market which became effective on 26 June 2018.
The chart below shows the TSR performance of £100 invested in Plus500 at IPO vs performance of the FTSE All-Share Index. As part of 
the Company’s continued commitment to strengthen corporate governance, the reporting of Directors’ remuneration in 2024 is being 
aligned to a greater extent with the regulations applicable to a UK incorporated company. This disclosure will be built up over the coming 
years in-line with these requirements.
Plus500 was the best performing share in the FTSE All-Share Index on a total return basis (based on Bloomberg TSR of the FTSE All-
Share Index between FY 2013 to FY 2024).
TSR performance of £100 invested in Plus500 at IPO vs performance of the FTSE All-Share Index
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
 24 July
2014
2013
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2024
2023
Plus500
FTSE All-Share Index
CEO single figure remuneration
2024
CEO single figure total remuneration ($000s)
4,969
Annual bonus achieved for 2024 (as % of maximum opportunity)
100%
Payments to past Directors and payments for Loss of Office 
Non-Executive Director Anne Grim stepped down from the Board in January 2025 after completing a one-year term as an Independent 
Non-Executive Director. She was not entitled to, and subsequently did not receive, any payment for Loss of Office. 
All amounts paid are set out in the Single figure of remuneration table on page 90.
Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the change in shareholder returns and overall spend on pay in the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023.
US$ IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
PERCENTAGE 
CHANGE
Total remuneration and other related expenses pay 
123.9
94.3
31%
Dividends
150.2
89.8
67%
Share buybacks
195.0
275.3
(29%)
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  96
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Engagement with shareholders and shareholder advisory bodies during FY 2024 
In recent years, Plus500 has consistently strengthened and improved its standards of corporate governance, and, as a result, its 
remuneration practices are much more closely aligned with UK standards. As a company incorporated in Israel, Plus500 is subject to the 
Israeli governance framework. However, being a publicly-listed company on the LSE, it is also committed to adhering to UK standards. 
This is reflected in its Remuneration Policy for FY 2024–2026 which was approved by shareholders at the Company’s AGM in May 2023. 
This policy aligns with shareholder expectations, shareholder advisory bodies guidelines and UK standards. It also maintains consistency 
in executive compensation, with added disclosure of non-financial KPIs, to offer clearer insights into performance metrics.
Following the AGM held in May 2024, the Board put in place a detailed plan to engage with the Company’s key shareholders and 
shareholder advisory bodies to which the majority of the Company’s shareholders are subscribed, namely ISS and Glass Lewis. Plus500’s 
Chair, CEO, CFO and Head of Investor Relations engaged with shareholders during FY 2024 in order to gather feedback relating to matters 
of corporate governance including the Remuneration Policy framework and other remuneration-related disclosures.
Key feedback received
The Company believes that the feedback gathered during these conversations was positive overall, with a few focus areas identified. 
With regards to level of disclosure within the annual Director’s Remuneration Report, the Company took into consideration shareholder 
requests to provide additional disclosure. In response, in this year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Company enhanced its disclosure 
relating to non-financial KPIs, which now includes more information on the operational objectives which were met in a number of 
dimensions, including, among others, obtaining regulatory licences and clearing memberships in several territories such as the US 
and Bahamas, and a new regulatory licence in the UAE market from the SCA, enabling further expansion in the local market through 
an enhanced product offering and tailored marketing initiatives. The Company also included additional information relating to the 
successful delivery of more than three new payment methods, while also mentioning that another important strategic milestone was 
reached with the launch of ‘Plus500 Cosmos’, an innovative proprietary customer portal serving our B2B futures customer. 
Furthermore, with regards to the relative TSR metric within the LTIP award, which accounts for 30% of the LTIP scheme, Plus500 described 
that for its bespoke Group it uses a group of companies with similar characteristics and which operate in similar markets.
With regards to diversity of KPIs, the Company reiterated the importance of using an EPS as a component and valid measure for both 
the Annual Bonus award (as the EPS provides excellent short-term visibility on the performance over a 12-month period) as well as the 
LTIP (as the EPS also reflects the delivery of a longer-term objectives, such as an expansion into new markets and the launch of new 
products. An excellent example of this is the Group’s successful expansion into the US futures market in 2021 which delivered real value 
to the Group during FY 2024).
In these conversations, shareholders also expressed that the size of remuneration packages for both the CEO and CFO is an area of 
comfort, reflecting the fact that both the CEO and CFO have been with the Company for over 14 years, running the business in parallel, 
for the benefit of all stakeholders with the creation of its long-term strategic vision. 
The Company also believes that the feedback received from the shareholder advisory bodies was positive overall. It noted the 
improvements Plus500 has made in recent years with its enhanced levels of disclosure, while also noting that the Company should 
continue to engage actively with its key shareholders, to better understand their views and feedback.
The Remuneration Committee and Board will continue to take shareholders’ views into consideration as part of their approach to 
achieving high governance standards and delivering long-term shareholder value.
Remuneration Policy evolution 
The Board and the Remuneration Committee have played a critical role in shaping the Company’s Remuneration Policy to ensure 
that it aligns with shareholder interests, supports long-term growth and aligns with best practices. Below is an overview of the policy 
evolution over the recent years. In response to previous feedback from shareholders, the Company introduced a more robust three-
year Remuneration Policy for FY 2021-2023, designed to bring greater clarity and stability, ensuring alignment with both shareholder 
views and UK standards. With the support of external advisors, the policy included both short and long-term components to address 
the evolving needs of the Group. This marked a shift from a prior one-year model, providing a more comprehensive framework for 
executive compensation and future growth.
For FY 2024–2026, the Remuneration Policy was further enhanced to better align with UK best practices and shareholder interests. This 
policy maintained the three-year structure while also introducing key upgrades in response to shareholder feedback received. For 
example, a higher proportion of equity-based compensation was introduced with 84% of variable pay now settled in shares rather 
than cash. This policy also places a stronger emphasis on the Company’s long-term strategy, ensuring that executive compensation 
is directly tied to the creation of sustainable shareholder value.
Plus500 is focused on defining and implementing new strategic objectives, relying heavily on the management team. In recent years, 
Plus500 has evolved from being a technology company with a leading OTC offering into a diversified, multi-asset global provider of 
market infrastructure services and proprietary trading platforms, offering a wide range of technologies which provide access to various 
financial trading products and services in the futures and options on futures markets, as well as the Group’s share dealing platform. 
This growth increases operational complexity and the potential for meaningful value.
KPIs in the Remuneration Policy
The Company uses a diverse set of KPIs, including financial metrics and operational goals such as product development, customer 
satisfaction, sustainability, and efficiency. This approach, validated by shareholders, ensures alignment with both current performance 
and future growth. For the annual bonus award, the focus is on short-term goals such as revenue growth and EPS, while the LTIP focuses 
on long-term achievements such as relative TSR.
Operational and strategic KPIs are crucial for success as they impact financial KPIs. These metrics drive both short-term performance 
and long-term goals, improving efficiency, aligning daily activities with broader financial objectives. Non-financial KPIs like customer 
satisfaction and product innovation directly influence financial KPIs, including revenue and EBITDA, ensuring sustained growth.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  97
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Non-financial KPIs, which account for 40% of total awards, support both annual bonuses and LTIP schemes. They target aspects such 
as customer satisfaction, product innovation and operational efficiency, which impact revenue, cost management and profitability. 
Plus500 has increased disclosure on non-financial KPIs, though some remain commercially sensitive. The Remuneration Committee 
will consider disclosing these KPIs after they have been achieved, balancing transparency with competitive impact. The performance 
of these KPIs is reviewed regularly.
Financial KPIs, which account for 60% of total awards, measure short-term success and long-term growth through revenue and 
profitability. These KPIs align across both reward mechanisms, incentivising leadership to drive sustainable financial performance.
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
On their initial appointment, each of the Non-Executive Directors (who are not External Directors) signed a letter of appointment with 
the Company, for an initial period commencing upon the date of their appointment by the Board and ending on the date of the next 
AGM (and with respect to External Directors – ending on the date which is three years from the date of their appointment’s approval by 
the Company’s shareholders at an AGM/EGM).
The letters of appointment of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Steve Baldwin and Prof. Varda Liberman as Non-Executive Directors require them 
to retire and be subject to re-election at each AGM in accordance with Provision 18 of the Code. The letters have been drafted such 
that renewed appointment will not necessitate a new letter of appointment. The appointments of Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel, Steve Baldwin 
and Prof. Varda Liberman can be terminated by the Non-Executive Director with two months’ written notice, or by the Company with 
immediate effect if the Non-Executive Director is not re-elected or is otherwise removed from office in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association.
As required under, and subject to the Companies Law, the appointments of Tami Gottlieb and Daniel King (as of June 2024) as External 
Directors are for a period of three years from the date of appointment (which may be extended for up to two additional three-year 
terms). Tami Gottlieb was elected for her first three-year term effective from the 2021 EGM held in March 2021 and for her second three-
year term effective from March 2024, following shareholders’ approval at the 2024 EGM held in January 2024. Daniel King was elected 
for a three-year term effective from June 2024 following approval of his appointment at the 2024 EGM held in January 2024. 
Each Non-Executive Director is expected to commit to a minimum of 24 days per year in fulfilling their duties as a Director of the Company.
Other than the External Directors, there are no existing or proposed service contracts or consultancy agreements between any of the 
Directors and the Company which cannot be terminated by the Company within 12 months without payment of compensation.
Copies of the letters of appointment of the Chair and the other Non-Executive Directors of the Company are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal business hours.
The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any long-term incentive or annual bonus schemes, nor do they accrue 
any pension entitlement. The Chair’s and the Non-Executive Directors’ current remuneration is as detailed in: (a) the 2024 AGM Notice as 
published on 2 April 2024 and as approved by shareholders at the 2024 AGM held on 7 May 2024; and (b) the 2024 EGM Notice as published 
on 4 December 2023 (and updated on 22 December 2023) and as approved by shareholders at the 2024 EGM held on 8 January 2024. 
In addition, there are more stringent regulations around the exact roles of Non-Executive Directors. The Audit and Remuneration 
Committees’ Chair must be External Directors who, once appointed as External Directors, serve for three years (which may be extended 
for up to two additional three-year terms). However, they are then restricted from becoming the Chair of the Board or holding any paid 
role at the Company for two years after they step down from the Board.
External Board appointments
Where Board approval is given for a Director to accept an outside Non-Executive Directorship, the individual is entitled to retain any 
fees received. The Board assesses and confirms that such appointment will not have any material impact on the performance of the 
Director, and will not affect the Director’s commitments and duties as a Director of the Company. 
Below are the details of external Board memberships of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors, in publicly listed companies, as of the 
date of this Annual Report: 
Prof. Jacob A. Frenkel is currently the Chair of BrainStorm Cell Therapeutics Inc.
Prof. Varda Liberman is currently an External Director of Cellcom Israel Ltd. 
Tami Gottlieb is currently an Independent Director of Novo-log (Pharm-Up 1966) Ltd.
Steve Baldwin is currently Chair of TruFin plc and a Non-Executive Director of The Edinburgh Investment Trust PLC.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  98
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Non-Executive Director fees
The current annual fees for our presiding Non-Executive Directors are as follows: 
NAME
ROLE
FEE
Jacob A. Frenkel
Chair
$740,000
Varda Liberman
NED and SID
$130,000
Tami Gottlieb
NED, External Director
$130,000
Daniel King
NED, External Director
$130,000
Steve Baldwin
NED
$130,000
For further details with respect to the structure of the remuneration paid to our Chair, please refer to our 2024 AGM Notice published on 
2 April 2024. 
Statement of voting on remuneration at 2024 Annual General Meeting
The table below shows votes cast by proxy at the AGM held on 7 May 2024 in respect of the Directors’ remuneration.
AGM RESOLUTION
FOR
% VOTES CAST
AGAINST
% VOTES CAST
VOTE WITHHELD
Advisory vote – Approve the 2023 Directors’  
Remuneration Report
9,806,191
34.14
18,914,159
65.86
382
The following list shows the remuneration of the Company’s five most highly compensated executives in 2024 (including two Executive 
Directors): David Zruia* US$ 4,968,620; Elad Even-Chen* US$ 4,968,620; Nir Zatz US$ 2,852,479; Al Yaros US$ 1,821,986; Dani Magner US$ 
1,254,377. (* For further disclosure refer to the single figure table on the Remuneration Report). 
Implementation of policy in 2025
2025 Executive Directors’ remuneration
In recent years, the Remuneration Committee has continued its efforts to modify the remuneration arrangements of the Executive 
Directors to further align executive compensation with UK governance standards followed by Main Market-listed companies, and move 
further towards a structure in-line with investor expectations and developments in best practice. 
The Company’s remuneration policy was approved by the shareholders for the years 2024, 2025 and 2026 at the 2023 AGM. This 
remuneration policy has been designed to ensure a progressive change in the Group’s approach to Executive remuneration. As 
detailed in the 2023 AGM Notice, published on 23 March 2023, the structure of the Remuneration Policy is broadly unchanged from the 
Company’s previous Remuneration Policy (for FY 2021, FY 2022 and FY 2023). To this end, the Remuneration Policy largely replicates the 
Company’s previous remuneration policy, given the previous policy was already developed in broad alignment with best practice 
across UK-listed entities. 
For further information please refer to the 2023 AGM notice.
This report has been approved by the Board of Directors of Plus500 Ltd.
Signed on behalf of the Board 
Daniel King
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
23 March 2025
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  99
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
Directors’ report
The Directors of Plus500 present their report for the year ended 31 December 2024. The Directors believe that the requisite components 
of this report are set out elsewhere in this Annual Report and/or on the Company’s website (www.plus500.com). 
The table below sets out where the necessary disclosure can be found.
Directors
Directors that have served during the year and summaries of the current Directors’ key skills and experience 
are set out on pages 54 to 57 and on page 69.
Results and shareholder 
returns
Results for the year ended 31 December 2024 are set out in the Group Chief Financial Officer Review on pages 
38 to 40 and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on page 110. Information regarding 
the announced shareholder returns can be found in the Group Chief Financial Officer Review on page 40. 
Dividend payments made during the year ended 31 December 2024 can be found in note 13 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements on page 124. During FY 2024, the Company executed share buyback 
programmes, with 6,840,104 ordinary shares purchased during the year, amounting to a total of $195.0m, 
at an average share price of £22.23. 
Articles of Association
The Company’s full Articles of Association can be found on the Company’s website. 
https://cdn.plus500.com/media/Investors/ConstitutionalDocuments/ArticlesOfAssociation.pdf 
Any amendments made to the Articles of Association may be made by a resolution of shareholders.
Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on 
page 127. At the close of business on 21 March 2025, the Company had 72,933,398 ordinary shares in issue, 
and an additional 41,954,979 ordinary shares are held in treasury by the Company.
Authority to purchase 
own shares
The Company has authority to purchase its own shares subject to the provisions of the applicable laws.
Directors’ interests
Details of the Directors’ beneficial interests are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 95.
Directors’ indemnities
The Company has given indemnities to each of the Directors in respect of any liability arising against them 
in connection with the Company’s (and any associated company’s) activities in the conduct of their duties. 
These indemnities are subject to the conditions set out in their indemnification agreements and remain in 
place at the date of this report.
Directors’ and Officers’ 
Liability Insurance
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover is in place at the date of this report. 
Major interests in shares
Notifiable major shares interests of which the Company has been made aware are set out on page 64.
Political contributions
The Company did not make any donations to political organisations during the year.
Greenhouse gas 
emissions, energy 
consumption and 
energy efficiency 
actions
Details of the greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and energy efficiency actions are set out 
in the TCFD Report on pages 33 to 37.
Equality, Diversity and 
Inclusion Policy
In December 2024, the Company reapproved and published its Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy. 
https://cdn.plus500.com/media/Investors/Docs/EqualityDiversityInclusionPolicy.pdf
Employee engagement
Details of the Company’s efforts with employee engagement are set out in the ESG Report on pages 26 to 32. 
Financial risk
Details of the Company’s policies on financial risk management and the Company’s exposure to market 
price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk are outlined in note 25 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.
Research and 
Development
Details about the Company’s future developments can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 5 to 11.
Auditors
A resolution to reappoint Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International 
Limited as external auditors will be proposed at the 2025 Annual General Meeting.
Post balance sheet 
events
There have been no post balance sheet events.
Audit information
Each of the Directors at the date of the approval of this report confirms that:
	
+ So far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and
	
+ He/she has taken all the reasonable steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director to make himself/
herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware 
of the information.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  100
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

UK Listing Rule 6.6.1R disclosures 
The table below sets out where disclosures required in compliance with UK Listing Rule 6.6.1R are located. 
Interest capitalised and tax relief
n/a
Publication of unaudited financial information
n/a
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Pages 90 to 94
Waiver of emoluments by a Director
n/a
Waiver of future emoluments by a Director
n/a
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash
n/a
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by major subsidiary undertakings
n/a
Parent company participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
n/a
Contracts of significance
n/a
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
n/a
Agreements with controlling shareholders
n/a
Shareholder waivers of dividends
n/a
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
n/a
The Directors’ Report has been approved by the Board of Directors of Plus500 Ltd.
Signed on behalf of the Board
Elad Even-Chen
Group Chief Financial Officer 
23 March 2025
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  101
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

CORPORATE LAW
Corporate law
Mandatory bids, squeeze out and sell 
out rules relating to the Company’s 
ordinary shares
As the Company is incorporated in Israel, it is subject to Israeli law 
and the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Code”) 
will not apply to the Company. It shall be noted that the Company 
has incorporated in its Articles of Association provisions analogous 
to Rules 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9 of the Takeover Code, as described below.
Mergers
The Companies Law permits merger transactions, provided that 
each party to the transaction obtains the approval of its board of 
directors and shareholders (excluding certain merger transactions 
which do not require the approval of the shareholders, as set forth 
in the Companies Law).
Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, the shareholders 
of the Company are required to approve the merger by the 
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares 
of the Company. In addition, pursuant to the Companies Law, for 
purposes of the shareholder vote of each party, the merger will not 
be deemed approved if a majority of the shares not held by the 
other party, or by any person who holds 25% or more of the shares 
or the right to appoint 25% or more of the directors of the other party, 
has voted against the merger.
The Companies Law requires the parties to a proposed merger to 
file a merger proposal with the Israeli Registrar of Companies, 
specifying certain terms of the transaction. Shares in one of the 
merging companies held by the other merging company or certain 
of its affiliates are disenfranchised for purposes of voting on the 
merger. A merging company must inform its creditors of the 
proposed merger. Any creditor may submit any request to the court 
in relation to the merger, and the court may: (1) order to delay or 
prevent the merger, if the court finds a reasonable concern that 
the surviving party will not be able to satisfy all its obligations; and 
(2) instruct orders to guarantee the creditors’ rights. Moreover, a 
merger may not be completed until at least 50 days have passed 
from the time that the merger proposal was filed with the Israeli 
Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days have passed from 
the approval of the shareholders of each of the merging 
companies.
Companies Law – arrangements
Under certain circumstances, the provisions of the Companies 
Law that deal with “arrangements” between a company and its 
shareholders may be used to effect squeeze-out transactions in 
which the target company becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the acquirer. These provisions generally require that the merger 
be approved by a majority of the participating shareholders 
holding at least 75% of the shares voted on the matter, as well as 
75% of each class of creditors. In addition to shareholder approval, 
court approval of the transaction is required.
Companies Law – special tender offer
The Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares of a 
public Israeli company must be made by means of a special tender 
offer if, as a result of the acquisition, the purchaser shall become 
a holder of 25% or more of the voting rights in the company. This 
rule does not apply if there is already another holder of at least 25% 
of the voting rights in the company.
Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares 
in a public company must be made by means of a special tender 
offer if, as a result of the acquisition, the purchaser could become 
a holder of more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, if 
there is no other shareholder of the company who holds more than 
45% of the voting rights in the company.
In addition, under the Companies Law, the entry by two or more 
shareholders into a shareholders’ agreement, where such 
shareholders’ agreement will result in such shareholders holding 
concert shares in a company in an amount exceeding the 
thresholds set out above, the Company may also be subject to the 
requirement to publish a special tender offer.
A special tender offer must be extended to all shareholders of a 
company but the offeror is not required to purchase shares 
representing more than 5% of the voting power attached to the 
company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares 
are tendered by shareholders. A special tender offer may be 
consummated only if at least 5% of the voting power attached to 
the company’s outstanding shares will be acquired by the offeror 
and the number of shares tendered in the offer exceeds the number 
of shares whose holders objected to the offer.
If a special tender offer is accepted, then the purchaser or any 
person or entity controlling it or under common control with the 
purchaser or such controlling person or entity may not make a 
subsequent tender offer for the purchase of shares of the target 
company and may not enter into a merger with the target 
company for a period of one year from the date of the offer, unless 
the purchaser or such person or entity undertook to effect such an 
offer or merger in the initial special tender offer. Shares that are 
acquired in violation of this requirement to make a tender offer will 
be deemed Dormant Shares (as defined in the Companies Law) 
and will have no rights whatsoever for so long as they are held by 
the acquirer.
It should be noted that the aforementioned provisions of the 
Companies Law regarding special tender offers are subject to a 
relief for companies whose shares are traded in the UK. This relief 
applies if, under UK law, there is a restriction on the acquisition of 
control of the company in any proportion, or if acquiring control, in 
any proportion, requires the purchaser to make a tender offer to 
the public shareholders.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  102
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Companies Law – full tender offer
Under the Companies Law, a person may not purchase shares of 
a public company if, following the purchase, the purchaser would 
hold more than 90% of the company’s shares or of any class of 
shares, unless the purchaser makes a tender offer to purchase all 
of the target company’s shares or all the shares of the particular 
class, as applicable. If, as a result of the tender offer, either:
	
+ The purchaser acquires more than 95% of the company’s shares 
or a particular class of shares and a majority of the shareholders 
that did not have a Personal Interest accepted the offer; or
	
+ The purchaser acquires more than 98% of the company’s shares 
or a particular class of shares. 
Then, the Companies Law provides that the purchaser 
automatically acquires ownership of the remaining shares. 
However, if the purchaser is unable to purchase more than 95% or 
98%, as applicable, of the company’s shares or class of shares, the 
purchaser may not own more than 90% of the shares or class of 
shares of the target company.
Articles of Association – anti-takeover and 
prohibited acquisitions provisions
In addition to the tender offer rules applied by the Companies Law 
(as described above), offers are also subject to the takeover 
provisions incorporated in the Company’s Articles of Association, 
which provisions refer to compliance with Rules 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9 of 
the UK City Code on Takeovers.
Convening General Meetings by Directors 
and Shareholders and adding items 
to the agenda 
According to the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated 
thereunder, the board of directors of a public company shall 
convene an extraordinary general meeting at its own decision, 
and also on the demand of each of the following:
	
+ Two directors or a quarter of the serving directors; or
	
+ One or more shareholders holding, in the aggregate, either (a) 
10% or more of the outstanding issued shares and 1% or more of 
the outstanding voting power; or (b) 10% or more of the 
outstanding voting power (except that the 10% thresholds in (a) 
and (b) above would be 5% in each case if UK law allows a 
shareholder of a UK corporation who holds less than 10% to 
convene a special meeting of shareholders). 
In addition, one or more shareholders with at least 1% of the voting 
rights at the general meeting may request that the board of 
directors include a subject on the agenda of a general meeting 
that will be convened in the future, on condition that the subject is 
suitable for discussion at a general meeting (except that with 
respect to the election or removal of a director, at least 5% of the 
voting rights is required to permit a shareholder to request that the 
board of directors include such matter on the agenda).
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  103
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Directors’ responsibility 
statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. The Companies Law requires the 
Directors to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements for each 
financial year. The Directors have elected to prepare the 
Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS 
Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The Directors must not 
approve the Consolidated Financial Statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and the Comprehensive Income of the Group for that 
period. The Directors considered the information provided in the 
Annual Report and how it assists the Company’s shareholders in 
understanding the Group’s position, performance, business model 
and strategy.
In preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Directors 
are required to:
	
+ Present fairly the financial position, financial performance and 
cash flows of the Group;
	
+ Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner 
that provides relevant, reliable, consistent and understandable 
information;
	
+ Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable;
	
+ State whether applicable IFRS have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements;
	
+ Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of transactions, other events and 
conditions on the Group’s financial position and financial 
performance; and
	
+ Prepare the Consolidated Financial Statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume the Group 
will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Group’s transactions and to disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to 
ensure that the Consolidated Financial Statements comply with 
applicable law.
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and hence for taking reasonable steps in the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Each of the Directors confirms that, to the best of each person’s 
knowledge and belief:
	
+ The Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRS, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; 
and
	
+ The Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Group, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.
The Directors consider that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.
The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Directors’ 
Report, Strategic Report, Corporate Governance Report and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.
This report has been approved by the Board.
Signed on behalf of the Board
David Zruia
Chief Executive Officer 
23 March 2025
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  104
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

CONTENTS
Independent Report of the Auditors
106
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
110
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
111
Consolidated Statement of Changes In Equity
112
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
113
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 114
Financial 
Statements
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  105
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

INDEPENDENT REPORT OF THE AUDITORS
To the Shareholders of 
Plus500 Ltd.
REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, 
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
Plus500 Ltd. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as 
at 31 December 2024 and its consolidated results of operations 
and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in 
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by 
the International Accounting Standards Board.
What we have audited
The Group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:
	
+ The consolidated statement of financial position as at 
31 December 2024;
	
+ The consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the 
year then ended;
	
+ The consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year 
then ended;
	
+ The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then 
ended; and
	
+ The notes to the consolidated financial statements, which 
include a summary of material accounting policies and other 
explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our 
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the 
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ Code of 
Ethics for Professional Accountants including International 
Independence Standards issued by the International Ethics 
Standards Board for Accountants (“IESBA Code”). We have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements of the current period. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.
Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103,  
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972-3-7954555, Fax: +972-3-7954556, www.pwc.com/il
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  106
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103,  
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972-3-7954555, Fax: +972-3-7954556, www.pwc.com/il
KEY AUDIT MATTER
HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Plus500 offers customers a range of trading products, including 
OTC (“Over-the-Counter” products, namely Contracts for 
Difference (“CFDs”)), share dealing, as well as futures and options 
on futures.
The Group has developed and operates online trading platforms.
Revenue comprises trading income and interest income.
Trading income represents Customer Income, which mainly 
includes revenue from OTC Customer Income (customer spreads 
and overnight charges) and Non-OTC Customer Income 
(commissions from the Group’s futures and options on futures 
operation and from ‘Plus500 Invest’, the Group’s share dealing 
platform), and Customer Trading Performance, which includes 
gains/losses on customers’ trading positions, arising on client 
trading activity.
In respect of trading income generated from OTC offering:
The Group has developed and operates an online trading platform 
for trading OTCs. The computation of the trading income is carried 
out by using its own developed platform which is an internal IT 
system (the “Platform”).
The trading income is calculated based on several parameters. 
Part of the parameters that feed into that calculation are received 
from external quotation suppliers.
The trading income depends on a combination of the effective 
operation and accuracy of controls over, and access rights to, the 
Platform.
Our audit predominantly focused on the Group’s control environment, 
including the IT environment. We tested key controls over the revenue 
process, from the acceptance of a new customer, through the trading 
activity to the revenue that is recorded in the Company’s general 
ledger.
We tested the operating effectiveness of IT general controls, including: 
access to programs and supporting data, program changes and 
computer operations for the Platform and for the ERP system. In 
addition, we tested program development controls over the ERP 
system.
We also tested the Platform, through a combination of controls and 
substantive testing techniques, the following:
	
+ Profit/loss calculations in respect of closed positions;
	
+ Calculation of the fair value adjustment of year-end positions 
held by clients and the calculation of the “open positions” report 
produced by the Platform;
	
+ Appropriate use of feeds the Group receives from its data suppliers 
to confirm the integrity of the feeds used to calculate the open/
close position; and
	
+ Controls associated with cash reconciliations and reconciliations 
with external counterparties throughout the year including client 
deposits/withdrawals.
We agreed cash amounts of client deposits to external third-party 
evidence at the year-end by receiving independent confirmations 
from banks and other third-party providers. In addition, we tested 
the interface between the data of client money as presented in the 
Platform to the general ledger to ensure completeness and accuracy.
Finally, to address the risk that fraudulent adjustments or transactions 
had been entered into the trading Platform, we read client activity 
reports and read a sample of client complaints.
No material issues noted.
UNCERTAIN TAX PROVISIONS
As discussed in Note 3 and Note 10 to the consolidated financial 
statements, the Group operates in a multinational tax environment 
and is subject to tax laws, regulations and transfer pricing 
guidelines for intercompany transactions across several tax 
jurisdictions. Furthermore, the Company’s tax years 2020 to 2024 
are yet to be assessed by the Israeli tax authorities. The subsidiaries 
of the Group have not yet been subject to tax assessments since 
their inception. The Group recognises tax provisions from uncertain 
tax positions when there is more likely than not a likelihood that 
the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxation 
authorities based on the technical merits of the position.
Auditing management’s estimate of amounts related to tax 
provisions involves auditor judgement and challenging 
management since management’s estimates are complex, 
judgemental and based on interpretations of tax laws, regulations 
and legal rulings.
Among the audit procedures we performed, we involved our tax 
specialists to assist us in assessing the technical merits of the Group’s 
tax positions. This included assessing the Group’s correspondence 
with the relevant tax authorities and evaluating income tax opinions 
or other third-party advice obtained by the Group. In addition, we 
evaluated the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting for its tax 
positions. We analysed the Group’s assumptions and data used to 
determine the amount of tax provision and tested the accuracy of 
the calculations. We also evaluated whether the Group’s disclosures 
complied with the accounting framework.
No material issues noted.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  107
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

INDEPENDENT REPORT OF THE AUDITORS CONTINUED
Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103,  
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972-3-7954555, Fax: +972-3-7954556, www.pwc.com/il
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report 
(but does not include the consolidated financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon).
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not 
cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Based on the responsibilities described above and our work 
undertaken in the course of the audit, we have also agreed to report 
on certain matters as described below in accordance with the 
Listing Rules of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority 
(“FCA”) as if the Company were a UK incorporated premium listed 
entity.
Corporate governance statement
Under the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have reviewed the 
Directors’ statements in relation to the going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the corporate governance statement 
relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, which the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority specify for review by auditors of 
premium listed companies. Our additional responsibilities with 
respect to the corporate governance statement as other 
information are described in the Other information section of this 
report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement, included within the Statement on 
Corporate Governance is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
	
+ The Directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
	
+ The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those 
principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging 
risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or 
mitigated;
	
+ The Directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Company’s 
ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements; 
	
+ The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the 
Company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and 
why the period is appropriate; and
	
+ The Directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we 
have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the 
consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit:
	
+ The Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for the members to assess 
the Company’s position, performance, business model and 
strategy;
	
+ The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of 
effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; 
and
	
+ The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the audit 
committee.
Responsibilities of management and 
those charged with governance for the 
consolidated financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board, and for such internal control as management 
determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management 
is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing 
the Group’s financial reporting process.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  108
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the consolidated financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue 
an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
consolidated financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional 
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the 
audit. We also:
	
+ Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, 
and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for 
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, 
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control;
	
+ Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit 
in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion 
on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control;
	
+ Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and 
the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related 
disclosures made by management;
	
+ Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the 
going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related 
to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude 
that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based 
on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s 
report. However, future events or conditions may cause the 
Group to cease to continue as a going concern;
	
+ Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the 
consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, 
and whether the consolidated financial statements represent 
the underlying transactions and events in a manner that 
achieves fair presentation; and
	
+ Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the 
financial information of the entities or business activities within 
the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision 
and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, 
among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies 
in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement 
that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought 
to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with 
governance, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements 
of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We 
describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or 
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, 
in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse 
consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to 
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent 
auditor’s report is Gil Barak.
Tel Aviv, Israel	
Kesselman & Kesselman 
Certified Public Accountants (lsr.) 
A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
International Limited
Gil Barak
Partner 
Tel Aviv, Israel
23 March 2025
Kesselman & Kesselman, PwC Israel, 146 Derech Menachem Begin St. Tel-Aviv 6492103,  
P.O. Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120 Telephone: +972-3-7954555, Fax: +972-3-7954556, www.pwc.com/il
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  109
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
NOTE
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Trading income
711.6
674.3
Interest income
56.7
51.9
REVENUE
4
768.3
726.2
Selling and marketing expenses
5
329.0
296.9
Administrative and general expenses
6
103.2
92.9
OPERATING PROFIT
336.1
336.4
Financial income 
6.7
6.9
Financial expenses 
5.6
7.1
FINANCIAL EXPENSES (INCOME), NET
(1.1)
0.2
PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
337.2
336.2
Income tax expense
10
64.1
64.8
PROFIT AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR
273.1
271.4
Basic earnings per share (In US dollars)
11
3.57
3.17
Diluted earnings per share (In US dollars)
11
3.45
3.12
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  110
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
NOTE
AS OF 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 
15
11.8
9.7
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
23
37.9
38.3
Right of use assets
20
14.1
17.1
Long-term other receivables
7.8
7.5
Total non-current assets
71.6
72.6
Current assets
Income tax receivable
0.1
1.0
Other receivables and others
14
30.1
24.4
Cash and cash equivalents
16
890.0
906.7
Total current assets
920.2
932.1
TOTAL ASSETS
991.8
1,004.7
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities (net of current maturities)
20
13.2
15.8
Deferred tax liability
6.9
6.9
Total non-current liabilities
20.1
22.7
Current liabilities
Income tax payable
163.4
142.2
Other payables
17
118.7
94.6
Service suppliers
18
17.4
12.6
Current maturities of lease liabilities
20
2.6
2.6
Trade payables – due to clients
19
25.3
30.2
Total current liabilities
327.4
282.2
TOTAL LIABILITIES
347.5
304.9
EQUITY
Ordinary shares
22
0.3
0.3
Share premium
22.2
22.2
Company's shares held by the Company
12
(785.8)
(606.5)
Retained earnings
1,407.6
1,283.8
Total equity
644.3
699.8
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
991.8
1,004.7
David Zruia	
Elad Even-Chen	
Jacob Frenkel
Chief Executive Officer	
Group Chief Financial Officer	
Non-Executive Director and Chairman
Date of approval of the consolidated financial statements by the Company’s Board of Directors: 23 March 2025.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 
Registered Company number (Israel): 514142140
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  111
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
ORDINARY
SHARES
SHARE
PREMIUM
COMPANY’S
SHARES 
HELD BY THE 
COMPANY
RETAINED
EARNINGS
TOTAL
BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2023
0.3
22.2
(341.1)
1,099.1
780.5
CHANGES DURING THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023
Profit and comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
271.4
271.4
Share based compensation
–
–
–
13.0
13.0
TRANSACTION WITH SHAREHOLDERS:
Dividend
–
–
–
(89.8)
(89.8)
Issue of treasury shares to settle equity share based 
compensations 
–
–
9.9
(9.9)
–
Acquisition of treasury shares
–
–
(275.3)
–
(275.3)
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
0.3
22.2
(606.5)
1,283.8
699.8
CHANGES DURING THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Profit and comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
273.1
273.1
Share based compensation
–
–
–
16.6
16.6
TRANSACTION WITH SHAREHOLDERS:
Dividend
–
–
–
(150.2)
(150.2)
Issue of treasury shares to settle equity share based 
compensations 
–
–
15.7
(15.7)
–
Acquisition of treasury shares
–
–
(195.0)
–
(195.0)
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
0.3
22.2
(785.8)
1,407.6
644.3
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  112
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Cash generated from operations (see Note 26)
321.9
336.6
Income tax paid, net
(37.1)
(39.6)
Interest received
56.7
51.9
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
341.5
348.9
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
(4.8)
(8.2)
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(4.8)
(8.2)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Dividend paid to equity holders of the Company 
(150.2)
(89.8)
Payment in respect of lease liabilities
(3.3)
(2.7)
Acquisition of treasury shares
(195.0)
(275.3)
Net cash flows used in financing activities
(348.5)
(367.8)
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(11.8)
(27.1)
BALANCE OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
906.7
930.2
Gains (losses) from effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(4.9)
3.6
BALANCE OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR 
890.0
906.7
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  113
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTE 1 – GENERAL INFORMATION
Information on activities 
Plus500 Ltd. (the “Company” and together with its subsidiaries, the 
“Group”) is a global multi-asset fintech group operating proprietary 
technology-based trading platforms. Plus500 offers customers a 
range of trading products, including OTC (“Over-the-Counter” 
products, namely Contracts for Difference (“CFDs”)), share dealing, 
as well as futures and options on futures. The Company has 
developed and operates online trading platforms, enabling its 
international customer base to trade internationally.
The Group’s offering is available internationally with main market 
presence in the UK, the European Economic Area (“EEA”), Australia, 
the US, and the Middle East and has customers located in more 
than 60 countries worldwide. The Group operates through 
operating subsidiaries regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority 
(“FCA”) in the UK, the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission (“ASIC”) in Australia, the Cyprus Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“CySEC”) in Cyprus, the Israel Securities 
Authority (“ISA”) in Israel, the Financial Markets Authority (“FMA”) in 
New Zealand, the Financial Sector Conduct Authority (“FSCA”) in 
South Africa, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”) in 
Singapore, the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) in the Seychelles, 
the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) in the US, 
the Estonian Financial Supervision Authority (“EFSA”) in Estonia, the 
Financial Services Agency (“FSA”) in Japan, the Dubai Financial 
Services Authority (“DFSA”) in the UAE, the Securities Commission 
of the Bahamas (“SCB”) in the Bahamas and the Securities and 
Commodities Authority (“SCA”) in the UAE.
The Company also has a subsidiary in Bulgaria which provides 
operational services to the Group.
The Company was admitted to trading on the London Stock 
Exchange on 24 July 2013. It was admitted to the Equity Shares in 
Commercial Companies (“ESCC”) Category of the Official List and 
is a constituent of the FTSE 250 Index and the STOXX Europe 600 Index.
The Group offers trading products: OTC trading; share dealing; and 
futures and options on futures. The Group presents its operation 
as one operating segment.
The address of the Company’s principal offices is Building 10.2, 
Matam, Haifa 3115001, Israel.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a.	 Basis of accounting and accounting policies
The Group’s consolidated financial information as at 31 December 
2024 and 2023 and for each of the two years in the period ended 
on 31 December 2024 are in compliance with IFRS Accounting 
Standards that consist of standards and interpretations issued by 
the International Accounting Standard Board (“IFRSs”). 
The material accounting policies described below have been 
applied consistently in relation to all the reporting periods, unless 
otherwise stated. 
The financial information has been prepared under the historical 
cost convention subject to adjustments in respect of revaluation 
of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss presented at 
fair value.
b.	 Going concern
The Group has considerable financial resources, a broad range of 
financial instruments and a substantial active customer base 
which is geographically diversified. As a consequence, the 
Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) believes that the Group 
is well placed to manage its business risks in the context of the 
current economic outlook. Accordingly, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Board 
therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
these consolidated financial statements.
c.	 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit 
attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted 
average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue during 
the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company 
and held as treasury shares. 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume 
exercise of all potential dilutive ordinary shares. The instruments 
that are potentially dilutive ordinary shares are equity instruments 
granted to employees and service contractors (see Note 9). A 
calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could 
have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average 
annual market share price of the Company’s shares) based on the 
monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding 
equity instruments. The number of ordinary shares calculated as 
above is compared with the number of ordinary shares that would 
have been issued assuming the exercise of the equity instruments 
(see also Note 11).
d.	 Foreign currency translation
1)	 Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial information of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which that entity operates (the “functional 
currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented 
in US dollars (“USD”), which is the Group’s functional and 
presentation currency.
2)	 Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions in currencies different from the 
functional currency (“foreign currency”) are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
dates of the transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. 
Gains and losses arising from translations in exchange rates are 
presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
among “financial expenses (income)”.
e.	 Trading income
Trading income represents Customer Income, which includes 
revenue from OTC Customer Income (customer spreads and 
overnight charges), non-OTC Customer Income (commissions 
from the Group’s futures and options on futures operation and from 
the Group’s share dealing platform) and Customer Trading 
Performance, which includes gains/losses on customers’ trading 
positions, arising on client trading activity, primarily in OTCs on 
shares, indices, ETFs, options, commodities, cryptocurrencies and 
foreign exchange. Open client positions are carried at fair value 
and gains and losses arising on this valuation are recognised as 
trading income, as well as gains and losses realised on positions 
that have closed. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  114
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

f.	 Interest income
Interest income is accrued based on the effective interest rate 
method, and is presented as part of the Group’s revenue in the 
statement of comprehensive income.
g.	 Share based compensation
1)	 Cash settled
The Group operates a cash settled share based compensation 
plan, under which it receives services from employees and service 
contractors as consideration for Share Appreciation Rights (“SARs”). 
The fair value of the employees and service contractors received 
in exchange for the grant of the rights are recognised as an expense 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At the 
end of each reporting period, the Group evaluates the SARs based 
on their fair value as prorated over the period and the change in 
the prorated fair value is recognised in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income.
2)	 Equity settled
The Group operates equity settled share based compensation 
plans, under which it receives services from employees and service 
contractors as consideration for ordinary shares. The fair value of 
the services received by employees and service contractors in 
exchange for the grant of ordinary shares is recognised as an 
expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
The fair value of equity settled share based compensation 
arrangements granted to employees and service contractors is 
recognised as employee benefit expenses and other related 
expenses applicable for the service contractors, with a 
corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed 
is determined by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments 
granted: 
	
+ including any market performance conditions (e.g. the 
Company’s share price); 
	
+ excluding the impact of any service and non-market 
performance vesting conditions (e.g. profitability, sales growth 
targets and continuing to be employed or rendering services 
to the entity over a specified time period); and 
	
+ including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (e.g. the 
requirement for employees and service contractors to hold 
shares for a specific period of time). 
The total expenses are recognised over the vesting period, which 
is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are 
to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the Group revises its 
estimates of the number of ordinary shares that are expected to 
vest based on the non-market performance vesting and service 
conditions. The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, is 
recognised with a corresponding adjustment to equity. As may be 
applicable, an amount equal to the applicable tax liability 
connected to the LTIPs, RSUs and annual bonus plans settled in 
shares, shall be added by way of gross-up and be paid in cash to 
fund the tax liability.
h.	 Treasury shares
Treasury shares are ordinary shares of the Company held by the 
Company and presented as a reduction of equity, at the 
consideration paid, including any incremental attributable costs, 
net of tax. Treasury shares do not have a right to receive dividends 
or to vote. The Board approves share buyback programmes. The 
share buyback programmes are funded from the Company’s net 
cash balances. The ordinary shares are purchased at market value 
(see Note 12).
i.	 Current income tax
Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. 
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax 
laws enacted at the statement of financial position date in 
countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and 
generate taxable income. 
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns 
with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is 
subject to interpretation and considers whether it is probable that 
a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. It 
establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The Group measures its 
tax balances either based on the most likely amount or the 
expected value, depending on which method provides a better 
prediction of the resolution of the uncertainty.
j.	 Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is recognised using the liability method, on 
temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantially enacted by the statement of 
financial position date and are expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax 
liability is settled.
The Group recognises deferred taxes on temporary differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of 
the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group 
and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future. 
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against 
which the temporary differences can be utilised.
k.	 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less 
accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to 
allocate the cost of property, plant and equipment less their 
residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
Computers and office equipment are depreciated by the straight-
line method over their useful life period with annual depreciation 
percentages of 6% to 33%.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated by the straight-line 
method over the terms of the lease (including reasonably assured 
options periods), or the estimated useful life (10 years) of the 
improvements, whichever is shorter. 
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than 
its estimated recoverable amount.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  115
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
l.	 Financial instruments
1) Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following 
measurement categories according to IFRS 9: 
	
+ Those to be measured subsequently at fair value through profit 
and loss; and
	
+ Those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the entity’s business model for 
managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the 
cash flows. 
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
Financial assets are classified as current if they are expected to 
mature within 12 months after the end of the reporting period, 
otherwise, they are classified as non-current.
2)	 Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised 
on trade date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase 
or sell the assets. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have 
been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all 
the risks and rewards of ownership. 
3)	 Measurement 
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its 
fair value and in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss (“FVTPL”), plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. 
Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their 
entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely 
payment of principal and interest. 
Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined 
are disclosed in Note 25.
m.	Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, short-term bank 
deposits and other highly liquid short-term investments, the original 
maturity of which does not exceed three months. 
All of the regulated subsidiaries hold money on behalf of their clients 
in accordance with the client money rules required by the relevant 
regulatory framework. Such monies are classified as “segregated 
client funds” in accordance with the regulatory requirements. 
Segregated client funds comprise client funds held in segregated 
client money accounts. Segregated client money accounts hold 
statutory trust status restricting the Group’s ability to control the 
monies and accordingly such amounts are not reflected as Group 
assets in the consolidated statement of financial position.
n.	 Employee benefits 
The Group recognises an accrual and an expense for bonuses for 
senior management based on formulae that take into 
consideration specific financial and non-financial measures and 
for other employees based on management decisions.
o.	 Trade payables – due to clients
As part of its business, the Group receives from its customers 
deposits to secure their trading positions, held in segregated client 
money accounts. 
Assets or liabilities resulting from profits or losses on open positions 
are carried at fair value. Amounts due from or to clients are netted 
against, or presented with, the deposit with the same counterparty 
where a legally enforceable netting agreement is in place and 
where it is anticipated that assets and liabilities will be netted on 
settlement. 
“Trade payables – due to clients” represent balances with clients 
where the combination of customers’ deposits and the valuation 
of financial derivative open positions result in an amount payable 
by the Group.
“Trade payables – due to clients” are reported in the consolidated 
statement of financial position and classified as current liabilities 
as the demand is due within one year or less.
p.	 IFRS 16 – “Leases” 
The Group’s leases include real estate lease agreements. At 
inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, 
or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract 
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period 
of time in exchange for a consideration. The Group reassesses 
whether a contract is, or contains, a lease only if the terms and 
conditions of the contract are changed. 
At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability 
at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at 
that date, including, inter alia, the exercise price of the exercise 
option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option. 
Simultaneously, the Group recognises a right of use asset in the 
amount of the lease liability. 
The lease term is the non-cancellable period for which the Group 
has the right to use an underlying asset, together with both the 
periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise that option and periods covered by 
an option to terminate the lease if the Group is reasonably certain 
to exercise that option.
After the commencement date, the Group measures the right of 
use asset applying the cost model, less any accumulated 
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses and 
adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liability. 
Assets are depreciated by the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the right of use assets or the lease period, 
whichever is shorter. The depreciation periods for the real estate 
leases by the Group is between one to ten years. 
Under IFRS 16 all leases are recognised as a right of use asset and 
a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is 
available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated 
between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged 
to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the 
lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest 
on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF MATERIAL 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  116
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

q.	 Intangible assets
1)	 Goodwill
Goodwill represents the surplus of the consideration that has been 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary company, over the 
net amount of the identifiable assets and liabilities that have been 
acquired as at the time of the acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions 
of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets and is not amortised.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of 
impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-
generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are 
expected to benefit from the business combination in which the 
goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the 
lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes.
2)	 Licence
A licence acquired in a business combination is recognised at fair 
value at the acquisition date. It has an indefinite useful life, is not 
subject to amortisation and is tested annually for impairment.
r.	 Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life 
are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other assets 
are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by 
which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there 
are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of 
assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than 
goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible 
reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.
s.	 New IFRS Accounting Standards, Amendments to 
Standards and New Interpretations
New and amended standards:
IFRS 18 replaces IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements”, with 
many requirements of IAS 1 being transferred to IFRS 18, including 
to a number of additional standards (without change, or with some 
changes). IFRS 18 is intended to improve disclosure of information 
in financial statements by entities to investors, and particularly 
increase transparency and comparability between companies, 
with focus on financial performance presented in the income 
statement.
The main new principles introduced by IFRS 18 relate to the following:
a)	Structure of the income statement
According to IFRS 18, all items of income and expenses are classified 
into main categories of operating, investing, financing and income 
taxes.
The following is additional information about the main three 
categories:
1.	 Operating – This category is not defined by IFRS 18 and is a 
“residual” category for income and expenses not classified into 
one of the other categories. Generally, this category will include 
the results of the Group from its main business activity.
2.	 Investing – This category includes: income and expenses from 
cash and cash equivalents; income and expenses from assets 
that generate a return individually and largely independently 
of the entity’s other resources.
3.	 Financing – This category includes: interest expense and the 
effect of changes in interest rates on other liabilities (such as an 
actuary liability to employees).
In addition, according to IFRS 18, companies are required to present 
two new subtotals in their income statement:
1.	 Operating income
2.	 Income before financing and tax
b) Disclosure in the financial statements of 
management‑defined performance measures (“MPMs”)
Many companies report alternative performance measures (non-
GAAP) in their public reporting. When those meet the definition of 
management-defined performance measures (MPMs), IFRS 18 
requires entities to disclose them in a note to the financial 
statements, along with a requirement to reconcile the metric and 
other information in the financial statements.
MPMs are subtotals of income and expenses used in public 
communications to communicate management’s view of an 
aspect of the financial performance for the company as a whole.
c)	 Principles for aggregation and disaggregation of 
information in the primary financial statements and notes
IFRS 18 sets principles to help companies determine whether items 
need to be presented in the primary financial statements 
(statement of financial position, income statement, statement of 
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and 
statement of cash flows) or notes, and provides principles for 
determining the level of detail needed. Additionally, IFRS 18 contains 
requirements for disclosing operating expenses in the income 
statement, disclosure of certain expenses by nature, and additional 
information about items aggregated together.
In its first year of application, IFRS 18 is required to present a 
reconciliation of comparative information between presentation 
under IAS 1 and IFRS 18.
According to the provisions of IFRS 18, the standard will be applied 
by the Group for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2027, retrospectively. The Group began assessing the impact of 
applying IFRS 18 on its consolidated financial statements. However, 
at this stage, the impact of first-time adoption cannot be 
reasonably estimated. 
NOTE 3 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING 
ESTIMATES
Considering uncertain tax positions
The assessment of amounts of current and deferred taxes requires 
the Group’s management to take into consideration uncertainties 
that its tax position will be accepted and of incurring any additional 
tax expenses. This assessment is based on estimates and 
assumptions based on interpretation of tax laws and regulations, 
and the Group’s past experience. It is possible that new information 
will become known in future periods that will cause the final tax 
outcome to be different from the amounts that were initially 
recorded. Such differences will impact the current and deferred 
income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such 
determination is made. See also Note 2i and Note 10.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  117
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 4 – REVENUE
The revenue attributed to geographical areas is as follows:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
European Economic Area (“EEA”)
309.0
324.1
United Kingdom
60.8
66.3
Australia
51.4
52.4
Rest of the World
347.1
283.4
768.3
726.2
NOTE 5 – SELLING AND MARKETING EXPENSES
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Advertising and technology costs
160.0
123.9
Commissions to media buying
11.8
11.5
Payment processing costs
39.4
40.0
Commissions and fees
47.0
31.2
Data processing costs
16.2
23.2
Payroll and related expenses
29.5
26.2
Variable bonuses 
8.0
6.7
Share based compensation
10.0
11.4
Other
7.1
22.8
329.0
296.9
NOTE 6 – ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL EXPENSES
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Payroll and related expenses
24.3
20.5
Variable bonuses 
11.2
15.2
Share based compensation
40.9
14.3
Professional and regulatory fees
10.5
21.7
Depreciation and amortisation
6.2
4.1
Other
10.1
17.1
103.2
92.9
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  118
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTE 7 – OPERATING EXPENSES
The presentation below reflects the breakdown of operating expenses by nature of expense:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Advertising, marketing and commissions to media buying
111.1
99.3
Employee benefit and other related expenses
123.9
94.3
IT and technology costs
76.9
59.3
Payment processing costs
39.4
40.0
Professional and regulatory fees 
10.5
21.7
Depreciation and amortisation
6.2
4.1
Commissions and fees
47.0
31.2
Other
17.2
39.9
432.2
389.8
In the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, IT and technology costs together with additional allocated other technological related 
costs were $104.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively.
NOTE 8 – AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Audit of Plus500 Ltd.'s consolidated financial statements
0.3
0.3
Audit of Plus500 Ltd.'s subsidiaries
0.7
0.6
Total audit fees
1.0
0.9
Other assurance related services
0.3
0.2
Tax compliance services
0.1
0.1
Total non-audit fees
0.4
0.3
Total fees
1.4
1.2
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  119
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION 
Equity settled share based compensation programmes
The Group grants long-term incentive plans (“LTIPs”) to selected employees and service contractors (the “LTIP Grants”). In addition, the 
Group grants Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) to selected employees located in Israel (the “RSUs Grants”). The Group also grants an annual 
bonus settled in ordinary shares of the Company.
Each RSU represents the right to receive one ordinary share, par value of NIS 0.01 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of the 
grant as approved by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the provisions of the Capital Gain route under section 102 of the 
Israeli Tax Ordinance and regulations (the “102 Capital Gain route”).
In respect of the RSUs granted, the employees are entitled to the ordinary shares upon completing the service period. Part of the RSUs 
granted include also KPIs with market and performance conditions.
During 2024 and 2023, the Group recognised $44.7 million and $23.0 million, respectively, as expenses in respect to the equity share 
based compensation plans in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a credit to equity of $16.6 million and $13.0 
million, respectively.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, retained earnings included an amount of $9.8 million and $8.9 million, respectively, in respect of the 
equity share based compensation plans.
The LTIP Grants are subject to service conditions and additional Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) measurements, including market 
and performance conditions.
The allotted ordinary shares will be issued out of the treasury shares of the Company. In respect of RSUs, on the vesting date, the shares 
will be transferred to a trustee by the Company. The ordinary shares allotted on the vesting date, which are subject to a lock-up period, 
shall be subject to a two-year lock-up beginning on the vesting date.
The fair value at grant date of the LTIP and RSU Grants is measured according to the value of the grant amount and expensed over the 
vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity, taking into account the best available estimate of the number of shares or RSUs 
expected to vest under the service and performance conditions.
Additionally, employees and service contractors are entitled to annual bonuses, settled in shares, upon completing a service period of 
one year and subject to achieving additional KPIs. The fair value at grant date of the bonuses settled in shares grants is measured 
according to the value of the grant amount on grant date and expensed over the vesting period.
The 2024 and 2023 annual bonuses settled in shares were paid in one instalment on 31 December of the bonus year, by way of allotment 
of ordinary shares of the Company. The number of ordinary shares allotted at the end of the applicable bonus year, was calculated 
based on the ordinary share price on grant date, as adjusted for total shareholder returns.
Any estimates applicable with the allotted number of equity settled share based compensation plans takes into consideration the most 
probable value of the shares at the grant date which include the expected value of total shareholder returns during the vesting period. 
Accordingly, total shareholder returns distributed within the vesting period which affects the final number of ordinary shares to be allotted 
on the vesting date and be determined according to the share price at the grant date, less the accumulated amount of total shareholder 
returns paid during the vesting period, shall not be added as an expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. As 
may be applicable, an amount equal to the applicable tax liability connected to the LTIPs, RSUs and annual bonus plans settled in shares, 
shall be added by way of gross-up and be paid in cash to fund the tax liability.
On the vesting date the Company shall allot to the employee or service contractor, ordinary shares, subject to the service condition and 
achieving specific KPIs for each grant.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  120
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

The following table specifies the dates of LTIP, RSU and annual bonus settled in shares grants and the number of ordinary shares or units 
as of each grant date, as granted for employees and service contractors.
GRANT DATE
VESTING DATE
SHARE PRICE 
(GBP)
NUMBER OF ORDINARY 
SHARES/RSUs GRANTED 
ON GRANT DATE
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
AND SERVICE
CONTRACTORS
1 January 2021
31 December 2023
14.50
160,926
8
1 January 2021
31 December 2023
14.50
122,496
7
2 January 2022
31 December 2024
12.91
153,134
7
2 January 2022
31 December 2024
12.91
346,999
137
2 January 2022
31 December 2023
12.91
84,015
130
1 July 2022
30 June 2024
15.96
3,702
10
1 July 2022
30 June 2025
15.96
3,702
10
15 February 2023
31 December 2023
18.56
43,890
2
15 February 2023
31 December 2023
18.56
88,239
195
15 February 2023
31 December 2024
18.56
88,239
195
15 February 2023
31 December 2025
18.56
204,610
199
15 February 2023
31 December 2025
14.50
168,540
2
15 February 2023
31 December 2025
18.56
59,861
5
3 July 2023
30 June 2024
14.74
5,353
6
3 July 2023
30 June 2025
14.74
5,353
6
3 July 2023
30 June 2026
14.74
5,355
6
31 December 2023
31 December 2024
14.67
162,918
2
31 December 2023
31 December 2024
14.67
122,754
206
31 December 2023
31 December 2025
14.67
122,754
206
31 December 2023
31 December 2026
14.67
282,727
210
31 December 2023
31 December 2026
14.67
316,076
7
1 July 2024
30 June 2025
21.63
2,824
11
1 July 2024
30 June 2026
21.63
2,824
11
1 July 2024
30 June 2027
21.63
2,828
11
1 July 2024
31 December 2024
21.63
1,776
1
1 July 2024
31 December 2025
21.63
1,776
1
1 July 2024
31 December 2026
21.63
1,775
1
31 December 2024
31 December 2025
24.97
95,386
249
31 December 2024
31 December 2026
24.97
95,386
249
31 December 2024
31 December 2027
24.97
197,133
253
31 December 2024
31 December 2025
14.67
169,308
2
31 December 2024
31 December 2027
14.67
253,962
2
31 December 2024
31 December 2027
24.97
12,015
3
In respect of the equity share based compensation plans, during 2024 and 2023 the Company issued 1,427,626 and 788,673, respectively, 
of its treasury shares.
During 2024 and 2023, 87,708 and 77,892 ordinary shares and RSUs in respect of equity share based compensation plans were forfeited, 
respectively.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  121
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 10 – INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959 
The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, generally referred to as the “Investment Law”, provides certain incentives 
for capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law). 
New tax benefits under the 2017 Amendment that became effective on 1 January 2017 (“2017 Amendment”) 
The 2017 Amendment was enacted as part of the Economic Efficiency Law that was published on 29 December 2016, and is effective as 
of 1 January 2017. The 2017 Amendment provides new tax benefits, as described below, and is in addition to the other existing tax beneficial 
programmes under the Investment Law. 
The 2017 Amendment provides that a technology company satisfying certain conditions will qualify as a Preferred Technological Enterprise 
(“PTE”) and will thereby enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 12% on income that qualifies as Preferred Technology Income, as defined 
in the Investment Law. 
Dividends distributed by a PTE, paid out of Preferred Technology Income, are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate 
of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.
a.	 Group taxation
The Group is subject to income tax in multiple jurisdictions, as it has various international wholly owned operations. The Group’s income 
tax expense is based on the aggregation of the income taxes derived from its global jurisdictions. The applicable tax rate in each 
jurisdiction is based on the applicable local tax framework. Accordingly, the effective tax rate of the Group reflects local jurisdictions and 
the Israeli tax legislation. 
b.	 Company taxation in Israel
The full corporate tax rate in Israel for the years 2024 and 2023 is 23%.
Under the 2017 Amendment, provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, technological income derived by Preferred Companies 
from “Preferred Technological Enterprise” (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of 12%.
A Preferred Company distributing dividends from technological income derived from its PTE would generally subject the recipient to a 
20% withholding tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). 
In July 2020, the Company received an approval from the Israeli Innovation Authority (“IIA”) that together with the tax ruling received from 
the Israeli Tax Authority (“ITA”) in May 2019, recognises the Company as a PTE for the years 2017, 2018 and 2019. Accordingly, the applicable 
tax rate for the preferred technological income of a PTE for these years was 12%. The Company was also considered as PTE for the years 
2020 and 2021. As a result, the Company’s corporate tax rate for the years 2020 and 2021 was 12%, subject to the Company complying 
with the conditions of the Investment Law. 
In January 2022, the Company’s status as a PTE, as accredited by the ITA under the tax regime in Israel, has been extended for the years 
2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026, subject to the Company complying with the conditions of the Investment Law. Consequently, the 
Company’s corporate tax rate for each of these years will be reduced from 23% to 12% and the withholding tax rate applicable for dividends 
will be reduced from 25% to 20%.
c.	 Tax assessments
The Company is currently subject to tax audits in relation to 2020–2023 tax years. The assessments of amounts of current and deferred 
taxes require the Group’s management to take into consideration uncertainties that its tax position will be accepted and of incurring 
any additional tax expenses. This assessment is based on estimates and assumptions based on interpretation of tax laws and regulations, 
and the Group’s past experience. It is possible that new information will become known in future periods that will cause the final tax 
outcome to be different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.
d.	 Corporate taxation in subsidiaries
PRINCIPAL TAX RATE
SUBSIDIARY
2024
2023
TAX REGULATION
UK
25%
25% Tax laws in United Kingdom
CY
12.5%
12.5% Tax laws in Cyprus
AU
30%
30% Tax laws in Australia
Other Group subsidiaries do not have significant taxable income and the overall effect of the income of those subsidiaries on the Group’s 
tax expenses is immaterial.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  122
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

e.	 Deferred income taxes
Deferred tax assets:
The deferred income tax assets relate mainly to payroll and related expenses of the share based compensation plans (see Note 9). The 
deferred tax assets were computed in 2024 and 2023 at a tax rate of 12%.
Deferred tax liability:
The deferred tax liabilities are related to intangible assets recognised through business combination.
f.	 Taxes on income included in the consolidated income statements for the reported years
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Current taxes: 
Current taxes in respect of current year’s profits
64.4
70.0
Tax income in respect of previous years
-
(3.6)
64.4
66.4
Deferred income taxes:
Change of deferred tax assets (see Note 10e)
(0.3)
(1.6)
Taxes on income expenses
64.1
64.8
g.	 Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense
Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the regular corporate tax rate applicable to 
a company in Israel (see Note 10b) and the actual tax expense:
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Income before taxes on income, as reported in the consolidated income statement
337.2
336.2
Theoretical tax expense in respect of this year’s income – at 23%
77.6
77.3
Less tax benefits arising from preferred technological income in respect of the current year
(11.9)
(6.1)
Decrease in taxes resulting from different tax rates applicable to foreign subsidiaries
(2.1)
(1.0)
Impact of change in tax rates on deferred tax balances and temporary differences
(0.4)
(0.9)
Increase (decrease) in taxes in respect of currency differences and expenses not deductible  
for tax purposes
0.9
(0.9)
Tax income in relation to previous years
-
(3.6)
Taxes on income for the reported year
64.1
64.8
h.	 Pillar Two – Background 
The Pillar Two model rules, released on 20 December 2021, are part of the two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges of the 
digitalisation of the economy that was agreed by 142 member jurisdictions of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS and endorsed 
by the G20 Finance Ministers and Leaders in October 2021.
The Pillar Two model rules are designed to ensure large multinational enterprises (“MNEs”) pay a minimum level of tax on the income 
arising in each jurisdiction where they operate.
Taxpayers in scope (MNEs with global revenue of at least EUR 750 million in at least two years out of the four previous years) calculate 
their effective tax rate according to the model rules provisions for each jurisdiction where they operate, and should pay top-up tax on 
the difference between their effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. Any resulting top-up tax will be charged 
according to the coordinated system of interlocking rules that was introduced in the model rules (Qualified Domestic Minimum Top-Up 
Tax – QDMTT, Income Inclusion Rule – IIR, Under Tax Payment Rule – UTPR). A de minimis exclusion applies where there is a relatively small 
amount of revenue and income in a jurisdiction or when several other conditions are met.
The Multinational enterprises top-up tax exposure:
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Group operates. However, this 
legislation does not apply to the Group as its consolidated revenue is lower than EUR 750 million.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  123
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 11 – EARNINGS PER SHARE 
Earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (US dollars in millions)
273.1
271.4
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue*:
Basic
76,459,266
85,744,552
Dilutive effect of equity share based compensation
2,733,527
1,139,574
Diluted
79,192,793
86,884,126
Basic earnings per share (In US dollars)
3.57
3.17
Diluted earnings per share (In US dollars)
3.45
3.12
*After weighting the effect of Company’s share buyback programmes. See Note 12.
NOTE 12 – COMPANY’S SHARES HELD BY THE COMPANY
The Board approves share buyback programmes. The share buyback programmes are funded from the Company’s net cash balances.
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
NUMBER OF ORDINARY  
SHARES PURCHASED
AGGREGATE PURCHASE  
AMOUNT (US $ IN MILLIONS)
AVERAGE PRICE OF  
SHARES PURCHASED
2023
14,859,392
275.3
£14.82
2024
6,840,104
195.0
£22.23
During the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, the Company issued 1,440,691 and 801,703 of its treasury shares, respectively, in 
accordance with the various share based equity settled compensation grants.
During the period starting 1 January 2025 and up to 21 March 2025, as the latest practicable date before the signing date of the consolidated 
financial statements, the Company purchased an additional 1,385,229 ordinary shares (or 1.21%) in the capital of the Company for an 
aggregate purchase amount of $47.7 million pursuant to these share buyback programmes. The ordinary shares were bought back at 
an average price of £27.39.
NOTE 13 – DIVIDEND 
The amounts of dividends and the amounts of dividends per share for the years 2024 and 2023 declared and distributed by the Company 
are as follows:
EX-DATE
AMOUNT OF DIVIDEND 
(US $ IN MILLIONS)*
AMOUNT OF DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE (US $)
DATE OF PAYMENT TO SHAREHOLDERS
23 February 2023
29.9
0.3234
11 July 2023
24 August 2023
59.9
0.7344
9 November 2023
29 February 2024
74.8
0.9462
11 July 2024
29 August 2024
75.4
1.0000
11 November 2024
On 18 February 2025, the Company declared a final dividend and a special dividend in the amounts of $29.6 million and $60.4 million, 
respectively (see Note 27).
*	Between the dividend announcement date and the record date of the dividend, the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the 
Company decreased as a result of the repurchase by the Company of ordinary shares during such period and the classification of such repurchased 
ordinary shares as treasury shares that are not entitled to dividends. However, this did not affect the dividend per share as announced on the dividend 
announcement date.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  124
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTE 14 – OTHER RECEIVABLES AND OTHERS
AS OF 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Securities at fair value
1.5
2.8
Prepaid expenses
6.0
2.3
Excess funds in segregation, net*
5.0
4.7
Other
17.6
14.6
30.1
24.4
* Excess funds in segregation, net are comprised of the following:
Amount required to be segregated
(348.8)
(291.3)
Amount in segregation
353.8
296.0
5.0
4.7
All the financial assets included among other receivables and others are for relatively short periods. Therefore, their fair values approximate 
or are similar to their carrying amounts.
NOTE 15 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications and changes therein in 2024 is as follows:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
COMPUTERS, OFFICE 
EQUIPMENT AND OTHERS
LEASEHOLD 
IMPROVEMENTS
TOTAL
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
4.3
11.6
15.9
Additions
1.9
2.9
4.8
Balance at end of year
6.2
14.5
20.7
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at beginning of year
2.7
3.5
6.2
Additions
0.8
1.9
2.7
Balance at end of year
3.5
5.4
8.9
Depreciated balance as of 31 December 2024
2.7
9.1
11.8
Depreciated balance as of 31 December 2023
1.6
8.1
9.7
NOTE 16 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents by currency of denomination:
AS OF 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
USD 
688.7
810.4
EUR
78.5
46.7
GBP
17.3
8.7
AUD
20.2
4.7
NIS
57.8
22.1
Other
27.5
14.1
Own cash and cash equivalents
890.0
906.7
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  125
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 17 – OTHER PAYABLES
AS OF 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Payroll, tax and related liabilities
50.6
34.9
Share based compensation
7.2
3.9
Other
60.9
55.8
118.7
94.6
The financial liabilities included among other payables are for relatively short periods. Therefore, their fair values approximate or are 
similar to their carrying amounts.
Cash settled share based compensation programmes – The Group grants Share Appreciation Rights to selected employees. The rights 
are settled in cash at the end of the vesting period for those who remain employed by the Group. For the years ended 31 December 2024 
and 2023, $6.2 million and $2.7 million were recognised as expenses, respectively.
NOTE 18 – SERVICE SUPPLIERS
Service suppliers are comprised mainly of amounts due to advertising service suppliers, their fair values approximate or are similar to 
their carrying amounts.
NOTE 19 – TRADE PAYABLES – DUE TO CLIENTS
AS OF 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Customers’ deposits, net*
260.3
279.8
Segregated client funds
(235.0)
(249.6)
25.3
30.2
* Customers’ deposits, net, are comprised of the following:
Customers’ deposits 
373.6
409.4
Less – financial derivative open positions:
Gross amount of assets
(132.1)
(148.4)
Gross amount of liabilities
18.8
18.8
260.3
279.8
*	The total amount of ‘Trade payables – due to clients’ includes bonuses to clients.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  126
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTE 20 – LEASES 
The Group has real estate lease agreements.
a) Rights of use assets:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
REAL ESTATE LEASES
2024
2023
At 1 January
17.1
5.6
Additions
0.1
14.1
Amortisation
(3.1)
(2.6)
At 31 December
14.1
17.1
b) Lease liabilities:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
REAL ESTATE LEASES
2024
2023
At 1 January
18.4
5.6
Additions 
0.1
14.1
Interest expense
1.0
0.7
Lease payments
(3.3)
(2.7)
Exchange differences
(0.4)
0.7
At 31 December
15.8
18.4
NOTE 21 – COMMITMENTS
a.	 The Company and Club BSC Young Boys Betriebs AG (“BSC Young Boys”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 2 June 2020 under 
which the Company is entitled to advertise and promote itself as the main sponsor of BSC Young Boys for the 2020/21, 2021/22 and 
2022/23 seasons. The Company and BSC Young Boys agreed to extend the agreement term until 30 June 2025.
b.	 The Company and Club Legia Warszawa S.A (“Legia”) entered into a sponsorship agreement on 9 August 2020 under which the 
Company is entitled to advertise and promote itself as the main sponsor of Legia for the 2020/21, 2021/22 and 2022/23 seasons. The 
Company and Legia agreed to extend the agreement term until 30 June 2025.
c.	 The Company and the NBA’s Chicago Bulls entered into a multi-year sponsorship agreement on October 2022 to become an official 
global partner of the Chicago Bulls under which the Company is entitled to advertise and promote itself. 
NOTE 22 – SHARE CAPITAL 
Composed of ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value, as follows:
NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 31 DECEMBER
2024
2023
Authorised
300,000,000
300,000,000
Issued and fully paid
114,888,377
114,888,377
Less treasury shares*
(40,569,750)
(35,170,337)
Outstanding shares 
74,318,627
79,718,040
*	Number of accumulated ordinary shares that were purchased by the Company as part of the share buyback programmes, less issue of 
treasury shares.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  127
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 23 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net are related to business combination transactions completed in previous years and comprises 
Regulatory licences, Goodwill, Technology and Customer relationships, net. As at 31 December 2024, Goodwill and other intangible assets, 
net, comprises of Regulatory licences of $28.6 million, Goodwill of $8.6 million and Technology and Customer relationships, net, of $0.7 
million (31 December 2023: Regulatory licences of $28.6 million, Goodwill of $8.6 million and Technology and Customer relationships, net, 
of $1.1 million).
The recoverable amount of a cash generating unit is based on the calculation of the value in use. As part of these calculations, the 
Company used the pre-tax expected cash flows based on the USA business combination cash generating unit’s past results, its budget 
for the next year and the forecast for the following years. The recoverable amount of the cash generating unit was calculated by 
Company’s management and the pre-tax discount rate was calculated by an external party and reviewed by Company’s management. 
The valuation as of 31 December 2024 and 2023, used a pre-tax discount rate of 17.0% and 16.5%, respectively and a terminal growth rate 
of 2%.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the recoverable amounts of the cash generating unit are higher than their carrying amounts, and it 
was not required to record impairment.
NOTE 24 – RELATED PARTIES AND KEY MANAGEMENT
a.	 Key management personnel definition:
The Directors and other members of management are classified as Persons Discharging Management Responsibility (“PDMR”) in 
accordance with IAS 24 and the Market Abuse Regulation. 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report discusses all the benefits and share based compensation earned during the year and the preceding 
year by the Directors. 
b.	 Company’s liabilities in respect of related parties and key management services (part of other payable):
AS AT 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Related party and key management liabilities
7.3
8.0
c. Expenses to related parties and key management:
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Payroll and related expenses and service fees (selling and marketing expenses)
7.7
6.5
Payroll and related expenses and service fees (administrative and general expenses)
20.5
16.1
Non-Executive Directors’ fees (administrative and general expenses)
1.3
1.4
The average number of key management personnel during FY 2024 was 21 (FY 2023: 21). 
NOTE 25 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group operates in the fields of OTC and share dealing, as well as futures and options on futures. In the field of OTC, the Group engages 
only with individual clients and offers OTC referenced to shares, indices, commodities, options, ETFs, cryptocurrencies and foreign 
exchange pairs. In the field of share dealing, the Group engages only with individual clients and offers a wide range of financial instruments 
comprised of the world’s most popular equities, listed on major exchanges worldwide. In the field of futures and options on futures, the 
Group engages through its subsidiary in the US which is an FCM that clears and executes futures contracts and options on futures 
contracts for both B2B (Institutional) and B2C (Retail) customers. 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. 
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
a.	 Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. This 
risk can be divided into market price risk and foreign currency risk, as described below. 
The Group’s market risk is managed on a Group-wide basis and exposure to market risk at any point in time depends primarily on short-
term market conditions and the levels of client activity. The Group utilises market position limits for operational efficiency. Not all net OTC 
client exposures are hedged and the Group may have a substantial net OTC position in any of the financial markets in which it offers 
products. The Group implemented targeted hedging, with a view to reducing market risk. This focused approach is deployed in certain 
circumstances, as and when appropriate.
The Group’s OTC market risk policy incorporates a methodology for setting market position limits, consistent with the Group risk appetite, 
for each financial instrument in which the Group OTC clients can trade. 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  128
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

These limits are determined based on the Group OTC clients’ trading levels, volatilities and the market liquidity of the underlying financial 
product or asset class. The limits represent the maximum long and short client exposure that the Group will hold without hedging the 
net OTC client exposure.
The Group’s real-time OTC market position monitoring system is intended to allow it to continually monitor its OTC market exposure 
against these limits. If exposures exceed these limits, the Group either hedges or new OTC client positions are being offered in a smaller 
size and partially could be rejected under the Group’s policy. 
It is the approach of the Group to observe during the year the “natural” hedge arising from the Group’s global OTC clients in order to 
reduce the Group’s net market exposure. 
The Group’s exposure to market risk at any point in time depends primarily on short-term market conditions and client activities during 
the trading day. The exposure at each statement of financial position date may therefore not be representative of the market risk exposure 
faced by the Group over the year. The Group’s exposure to market risk is determined by the exposure limits described above which 
change from time to time.
1.	 Market price risk
This is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument fluctuates as a result of changes in market prices other than due to the effect 
of transactional foreign currency exposures risk.
The Group has market price risk as a result of its OTC trading activities on shares, indices, commodities, options, ETFs, cryptocurrencies 
and foreign exchange pairs, part of which is naturally hedged as part of the overall market risk management. The exposure is monitored 
on a Group-wide basis. 
OTC exposure limits are set by the risk department and management for each financial instrument, and also for groups of financial 
instruments where it is considered that their price movements are likely to be positively correlated. The exposures are reviewed by the 
Regulatory & Risk Committee. 
Daily profit on OTC closed positions:
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Highest profit
27.6
19.3
Highest loss
(5.6)
(3.6)
Average
1.8
1.7
2.	 Foreign currency risk
Transactional foreign currency exposures represent financial assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency of the Group. Transaction exposures arise in the normal course of business. 
Foreign currency risk is managed on a Group-wide basis, while the Group exposure to foreign currency risk is not considered by the 
Board to be significant. The Group monitors transactional foreign currency risks, including currency statement of financial position 
exposures, equity, commodity, interest and other positions denominated in foreign currencies and trades on foreign currencies. 
If the US dollar had strengthened by 3% as at 31 December 2024, in respect of balances denominated in other currencies, with all other 
variables unchanged, the exposure on income after taxes in respect of those balances would be a gain (loss) of ($0.3) million in respect 
of EUR and, ($0.2) million in respect of AUD. The exposure in respect of balances denominated in other currencies is immaterial.
b.	 Credit risk
The Group operates a real-time mark-to-market OTC trading platform with customers’ profits and losses being credited and debited 
automatically to their accounts. 
Under the Group’s policy, OTC customers cannot owe the Group funds when losing more than they have in their accounts, all OTC 
customer accounts are pre-funded.
OTC Client credit risk – Client credit risk principally arises when a customer’s total funds deposited (margin and free equity) are insufficient 
to cover any trading losses incurred. In particular, customer credit risk can arise where there are significant, sudden movements in the 
market (e.g. due to high general market volatility or specific volatility relating to an individual financial instrument in which a customer 
has an open position). 
The principal types of OTC customer credit risk exposures are managed by monitoring all customer positions on a real-time basis. If 
customers’ funds are below the required margin level, customers’ positions are liquidated (margin call).
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  129
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 25 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
b.	 Credit risk continued
Institutional credit risk – The risk that financial counterparties will not meet their obligation, risking both client and the Group’s assets. 
The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets represents their maximum exposure to credit risk. 
The Group has no material financial assets that are past due or impaired as at the reporting dates. 
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, counterparties holding the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, credit cards, client funds and deposits, 
have credit ratings as follows:
CREDIT RATING*
2024
2023
AAA to A-
97%
97%
BBB+ to B-
0%
1%
Remaining counterparties 
3%
2%
*	The financial institutions were rated by the same third party.
As at 31 December 2024, the amounts held by the remaining counterparties are held in several counterparties worldwide. The balance 
in each of those counterparties does not exceed 1% (2023: 1%) of total cash and cash equivalents, credit cards, client funds and deposits.
The Group’s largest credit exposure to any single bank as at 31 December 2024 was $293.8 million or 20% of the exposure to all banks 
(2023: $318.6 million or 22%).
c.	 Concentration risk
Concentration risk is defined as all risk exposures with a loss potential which is large enough to threaten the solvency or the financial 
position of the Group. In respect of financial risk, such exposures may be caused by credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk or a combination 
or interaction of those risks. 
d.	 Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations arising from its financial liabilities that are settled 
by delivering cash or other financial assets. 
Liquidity risk is managed centrally and on a Group-wide basis. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure it will have 
sufficient liquidity to meet its financial liabilities when due, under both normal circumstances and stressed conditions. 
The Group’s approach is to ensure that there will be no material liquidity mismatches with regard to liquidity maturity profiles due to the 
very short-term nature of its financial assets and liabilities. 
A result of this policy is that short-term liquidity “gaps” can potentially arise in periods of very high client activity or significant increases 
in global financial market levels. 
The contractual maturity of the financial liabilities to service suppliers is generally up to two months.
e.	 Capital Management
1)	 Plus500UK
The UK Subsidiary is regulated by the FCA. 
The UK Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements under the Investment Firms Prudential 
Regime (IFPR) and its own assessment of capital required to support all material risks throughout the business. The UK Subsidiary manages 
its regulatory capital through an Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment process (known as the ICARA) in accordance with 
guidelines and rules implemented by the FCA. The assessment is compared to regulatory eligible capital on a daily basis which is 
monitored by the management.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the UK Subsidiary had GBP 54.3 million and GBP 51.9 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its regulatory capital requirement.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  130
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

2)	 Plus500CY
The CY Subsidiary is regulated by the CySEC. 
The CY Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements (“Pillar 1”) and its own assessment of 
capital required to support all material risks throughout the business (“Pillar 2”). The CY Subsidiary manages its regulatory capital through 
an Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment (“ICARA”) process in accordance with guidelines and rules implemented by CySEC.
The CY Subsidiary monitors on a frequent basis its Pillar 1 capital requirements and ensures that its capital and liquidity position remains 
always above the minimum regulatory thresholds. As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the CY Subsidiary held EUR 124.9 million and EUR 109.5 
million, respectively, of eligible capital which is in excess of both its regulatory capital requirement (Pillar 1) and the internally measured 
capital requirement (Pillar 2).
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the CY Subsidiary’s Pillar 1 Capital Adequacy ratio on a fully-phased-in basis was 571.7% and 418.1%, 
respectively.
3)	 Plus500AU
The AU Subsidiary is regulated by the ASIC, FMA and FSCA. 
The AU Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The AU Subsidiary manages its capital through its Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”) assessment in 
accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by ASIC and FMA and Capital Liquidity assessment in accordance with rules and 
guidelines implemented by FSCA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the AU Subsidiary held AUD 20.6 million and AUD 47.1 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its NTA requirements from the ASIC, FMA and FSCA.
4)	Plus500SG
The SG Subsidiary is regulated by the MAS. 
The SG Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The SG Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the MAS.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the SG Subsidiary held SGD 9.5 million and SGD 8.7 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its MAS requirements.
5)	Plus500IL
The IL Subsidiary is regulated by the ISA. 
The IL Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The IL Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by the 
ISA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the IL Subsidiary held NIS 55.8 million and NIS 49.5 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its ISA requirements.
6)	Plus500SEY
The SEY Subsidiary is regulated by the FSA. 
The SEY Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The SEY Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the FSA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the SEY Subsidiary held sufficient levels of eligible capital, which is in excess of its FSA requirements.
7)	 Plus500US Financial Services
Plus500US Financial Services is a Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”) registered with the CFTC and is a member of the National Futures 
Association (“NFA”). 
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the Plus500US Financial Services Subsidiary had a net capital of USD 115.5 million and USD 112.9 million, 
respectively, which is in excess of CFTC Regulation 1.17 and the minimum capital requirements of the CME Group Inc.
8)	Plus500EE
The EE Subsidiary is regulated by the EFSA. 
The EE Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The EE Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the EFSA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the EE Subsidiary held EUR 5.6 million and EUR 5.4 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its EFSA requirements.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  131
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
NOTE 25 – FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
e.	 Capital Management continued
9)	Plus500JP
The JP Subsidiary is regulated by the FSA. 
The JP Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The JP Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the FSA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the JP Subsidiary held JPY 663.4 million and JPY 616.2 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is 
in excess of its FSA requirements.
10)	Plus500AE
The AE Subsidiary is regulated by the DFSA. 
The AE Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The AE Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the DFSA.
As at 31 December 2024 and 2023, the AE Subsidiary held USD 2.6 million and USD 2.5 million, respectively, of eligible capital, which is in 
excess of its DFSA requirements.
11)	Plus500BHS
The BHS Subsidiary is regulated by the SCB. 
The BHS Subsidiary manages its capital resources on the basis of regulatory capital requirements and its own assessment of capital 
required to support all material risks. The BHS Subsidiary manages its capital in accordance with rules and guidelines implemented by 
the SCB.
As at 31 December 2024, the BHS Subsidiary held USD 1.2 million of eligible capital, which is in excess of its SCB requirements.
f.	 Other business risks
The Group’s business is subject to various laws and regulations in different countries according to its activity and other countries from 
where the Group operates. Any regulatory actions, tax or legal challenges against the Group for non-compliance with any regulatory 
or legal requirement could result in significant fines, penalties, or other enforcement actions, increased costs of doing business through 
adverse judgement or settlement, reputational harm, the diversion of significant amounts of management time and operational 
resources, and could require changes in compliance requirements or limits on the Group’s ability to expand its product offerings, or 
otherwise harm or have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business.
g.	 Fair value estimation
Financial derivative open positions (offset from, or presented with, deposits from clients within “Trade payable – due to clients”) (see also 
Note 19) are measured at fair value through profit or loss using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques are based on inputs 
other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that 
is, derived from prices). 
These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity 
specific estimates. All significant inputs required for the fair value estimations of these instruments are observable. 
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments are based on quoted market prices at the consolidated statement 
of financial position date and an additional predetermined amount (trading spread). 
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  132
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

NOTE 26 – CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
US DOLLARS IN MILLIONS
2024
2023
Cash generated from operating activities
Net income for the year
273.1
271.4
Adjustments required to reflect the cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation and amortisation
3.1
1.5
Amortisation of right of use assets
3.1
2.6
Changes of equity and cash share based compensation
19.9
4.8
Taxes on income
64.1
64.8
Interest expenses in respect of leases
1.0
0.7
Exchange differences in respect of leases
(0.4)
0.7
Interest income
(56.7)
(51.9)
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on operating activities
(0.3)
(5.4)
33.8
17.8
Operating changes in working capital:
Decrease (increase) in other receivables and others
(5.7)
2.4
Increase (decrease) in trade payables due to clients
(4.9)
19.8
Increase (decrease) in other payables
20.8
24.3
Increase (decrease) in service suppliers
4.8
0.9
15.0
47.4
Cash generated from operations
321.9
336.6
Non-cash transactions
During the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2023, $0.1 million and $14.1 million in right of use assets and lease liabilities were recognised, 
respectively.
NOTE 27 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In January 2025, the Group obtained a clearing membership of ICE Clear US.
In January 2025, the Group obtained a new licence in the UAE from the Securities and Commodities Authority (“SCA”) allowing it to offer 
OTC, share dealing and futures products.
On 18 February 2025, the Company declared a final dividend in an amount of $29.6 million ($0.4025 per share). The dividend record date 
is 28 February 2025 and it will be paid to the shareholders on 9 July 2025.
On 18 February 2025, the Company declared a special dividend in an amount of $60.4 million ($0.8213 per share). The dividend record 
date is 28 February 2025 and it will be paid to the shareholders on 9 July 2025.
On 18 February 2025, the Company declared the adoption of a share buyback programme to buy back up to $110.0 million of the Company’s 
ordinary shares, comprised of a final share buyback programme in the amount of $29.6 million and a special share buyback programme 
in the amount of $80.4 million.
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  133
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance
Financial statements
Strategic report 
Governance

FURTHER INFORMATION
Advisors
Sponsor and Joint Broker 
Panmure Liberum Limited 
Ropemaker Place 
25 Ropemaker Street 
London EC2Y 9LY, UK
Joint Broker
Jefferies International Limited
100 Bishopsgate
London EC2N 4JL, UK
Independent Auditors
Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited 
146 Derech Menachem Begin Street
Tel Aviv 6492103, Israel
Legal Advisor (Israel)
Herzog, Fox & Neeman
Herzog Tower
6 Yitzhak Sadeh Street
Tel Aviv 6777504, Israel
Legal Advisor  
(United Kingdom)
Latham & Watkins (London) LLP
99 Bishopsgate  
London EC2M 3XF, UK
Legal Advisor  
(United Kingdom)
Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP
Governor’s House
5 Laurence Pountney Hill
London EC4R 0BR, UK
Financial Public Relations
DGA Group
One Fleet Place
London, EC4M 7WS, UK
Depositary
MUFG Corporate Markets Trustees (UK) Limited 
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds LS1 4DL, UK
Registrar
MUFG Corporate Markets (Guernsey) Limited
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street
Leeds LS1 4DL, UK
The latest Plus500 news, share price, 
financial documents and more can 
be found on our investor site
Stay up to date
Visit investors.plus500.com  
for more information
Plus500 Ltd. 2024 Annual Report  |  134